Systems and methods for making hydrocarbon compositions derived from pyrolysis of post-consumer and / or post-industrial plastics

Abstract

Disclosed herein are systems for pyrolyzing plastic feedstock comprising post-consumer and / or post-industrial plastics. In various implementations, the systems include one or more energy transfer apparatuses configured for receiving the plastic feedstock and applying energy to the plastic feedstock.

Description

[0001]SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR MAKING HYDROCARBON COMPOSITIONS DERIVED FROM PYROLYSIS OF POST- CONSUMER AND / OR POST-INDUSTRIAL PLASTICS CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS This application claims the benefit of priority to U.S. Application No.19 / 006,106, filed December 30, 2024, which claims the benefit of priority to U.S. Provisional Application No.63 / 626,488, filed January 29, 2024, each of which are incorporated by reference herein in their entireties. BACKGROUND Single use plastic waste is a pressing environmental issue. There are currently few options for recycling a mixed polyolefin stream comprised of a broad range of compositions and physical forms of polyethylene, polypropylene, and polystyrene waste plastics to value- added chemical and refinery feedstock products. Improved processes are needed for recycling such plastics at an industrially significant scale and for producing improved products therefrom. The systems, methods, and compositions discussed herein address these and other needs. SUMMARY In accordance with the purposes of the disclosed compositions and methods as embodied and broadly described herein, the disclosed subject matter relates to systems and methods for pyrolyzing plastic feedstock comprising post-consumer and / or post-industrial plastics to produce hydrocarbon-based compositions derived therefrom. Disclosed herein is a system for pyrolyzing plastic feedstock comprising post- consumer and / or post-industrial plastics. In various implementations, the system may comprise one or more energy transfer apparatuses configured for receiving the plastic feedstock and applying energy to the plastic feedstock. In certain implementations, the one or more energy transfer apparatuses may comprise one or more pyrolysis reactors configured for receiving and pyrolyzing the plastic feedstock. In various implementations, each of the one or more the pyrolysis reactors may comprise a reactor vessel defining an internal volume configured for receiving and pyrolyzing the plastic feedstock, and one or more heaters configured for heating the feedstock in the reactor vessel’s internal volume to a temperature between 200°C and 1,000°C. In certain implementations, the one or more energy transfer apparatuses may be collectively configured for using energy at an average rate of 0.80 kW per pound of pyrolyzed product produced by the system per hour or less. Additional advantages of the disclosed compositions and methods will be set forth in part in the description which follows, and in part will be obvious from the description. The advantages of the disclosed compositions and methods will be realized and attained by means of the elements and combinations particularly pointed out in the appended claims. It is to be understood that both the foregoing general description and the following detailed description are exemplary and explanatory only and are not restrictive of the disclosed systems and methods, as claimed. The details of one or more implementations of the invention are set forth in the accompanying drawings and the description below. Other features, objects, and advantages of the invention will be apparent from the description and drawings, and from the claims. BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE FIGURES The accompanying figures, which are incorporated in and constitute a part of this specification, illustrate several aspects of the disclosure, and together with the description, serve to explain the principles of the disclosure. Figure 1. Schematic diagram of an example system and / or method as disclosed herein according to one implementation. Figure 2. Schematic diagram of an example system and / or method as disclosed herein according to one implementation. Figure 3. Schematic diagram of an example system and / or method as disclosed herein according to one implementation. Figure 4. Schematic diagram of an example system and / or method as disclosed herein according to one implementation. Figure 5. Schematic diagram of an example system and / or method as disclosed herein according to one implementation. Figure 6. UV-Vis spectrum of wax product in hexane with a 100x dilution factor. Figure 7. UV-Vis spectrum of wax product in hexane with a 1,000x dilution factor. Figure 8. FTIR-ATR spectrum of wax product. Figure 9. Gas chromatogram of wax product. Figure 10. Gas chromatogram of wax product. Figure 11.1H-NMR spectrum of wax product. Figure 12.1H-NMR spectrum of wax product with annotations. Figure 13.13C-NMR spectrum of wax product. Figure 14.13C-NMR spectrum of wax product with annotations. Figure 15. UV-Vis spectrum of oil product in hexane with a 100x dilution factor. Figure 16. UV-Vis spectrum of oil product in hexane with a 1,000x dilution factor. Figure 17. FTIR-ATR spectrum of oil product. Figure 18. GC-FID chromatogram of oil product. Figure 19. GC-FID chromatogram of oil product. Figure 20.1H-NMR spectrum of oil product. Figure 21.1H-NMR spectrum of oil product with annotations. Figure 22.13C-NMR spectrum of oil product. Figure 23.13C-NMR spectrum of oil product with annotations. Figure 24. Schematic perspective side view of an example single-screw extruder with an electrically heated barrel. Figure 25. Cross-sectional view of the example single-screw extruder of Figure 24. Figure 26. Schematic perspective side view of an example dual-screw extruder with an electrically heated barrel. Figure 27. Cross-sectional view of the example dual-screw extruder of Figure 26. Figure 28. Schematic perspective side view of an example single-screw extruder with a gas / flame heated barrel. Figure 29. Schematic perspective side view of an example single-screw extruder with an oil heated barrel. Figure 30. Schematic perspective side view of an example single-screw extruder with an electrically heated barrel and a single vent. Figure 31. Schematic perspective side view of an example single-screw extruder with an electrically heated barrel and two vents. Figure 32. Schematic perspective side view of an example single-screw extruder with an electrically heated barrel and four vents. Figure 33. Schematic perspective side view of an example single-screw extruder with an electrically heated barrel, two vents, and a vent stuffer. Figure 34. Schematic perspective front view of an example vent stuffer. Figure 35. Schematic side view of an example rotary kiln reactor. Figure 36. Schematic top view of the example rotary kiln reactor of Figure 35. Figure 37. Schematic side view of an example screw reactor. Figure 38. Schematic top view of the example screw reactor of Figure 37. Figure 39. Schematic side view of an example fluidized bed reactor. Figure 40. Schematic top view of the example fluidized bed reactor of Figure 39. Figure 41. Schematic side view of an example batch reactor. Figure 42. Schematic top view of the example batch reactor of Figure 41. Figure 43. Schematic side view of an example continuously stirred reactor with external gas heating. Figure 44. Schematic top view of the example continuously stirred reactor of Figure 43. Figure 45. Schematic side view of an example continuously stirred reactor with external gas heating and internal electric heating. Figure 46. Schematic top view of the example continuously stirred reactor of Figure 45. Figure 47. Schematic side view of an example continuously stirred reactor with external electrical heating and internal electric heating. Figure 48. Schematic top view of the example continuously stirred reactor of Figure 47. Figure 49. Schematic side view of an example molten material reactor. Figure 50. Schematic diagram of an example pyrolysis control system. Figure 51. Schematic side view of an example dual vent extruder screw. Figure 52. Schematic side view of an example single-screw extruder with an electrically heated barrel, two vents, and the dual vent extruder screw of Figure 51. Figure 53. Schematic diagram of another example pyrolysis control system. Figure 54. Schematic diagram of a petroleum refining system. Figure 55. Schematic diagram of a catalytic cracking system. Figure 56. Schematic diagram of a thermal cracking system. Figure 57. Schematic diagram of a polymerization system. Figure 58. Schematic diagram of a hydrocracking system. DETAILED DESCRIPTION The compositions, methods, and systems described herein may be understood more readily by reference to the following detailed description of specific aspects of the disclosed subject matter and the Examples included therein. Before the present compositions, methods, and systems are disclosed and described, it is to be understood that the aspects described below are not limited to specific synthetic methods or specific reagents, as such may, of course, vary. It is also to be understood that the terminology used herein is for the purpose of describing particular aspects only and is not intended to be limiting. Also, throughout this specification, various publications are referenced. The disclosures of these publications in their entireties are hereby incorporated by reference into this application in order to more fully describe the state of the art to which the disclosed matter pertains. The references disclosed are also individually and specifically incorporated by reference herein for the material contained in them that is discussed in the sentence in which the reference is relied upon. General Definitions In this specification and in the claims that follow, reference will be made to a number of terms, which shall be defined to have the following meanings. Throughout the description and claims of this specification, the word “comprise” and other forms of the word, such as “comprising” and “comprises,” means including but not limited to, and is not intended to exclude, for example, other additives, components, integers, or steps. As used in the description and the appended claims, the singular forms “a,” “an,” and “the” include plural referents unless the context clearly dictates otherwise. Thus, for example, reference to “a composition” includes mixtures of two or more such compositions, reference to “an agent” includes mixtures of two or more such agents, reference to “the component” includes mixtures of two or more such components, and the like. “Optional” or “optionally” means that the subsequently described event or circumstance can or cannot occur, and that the description includes instances where the event or circumstance occurs and instances where it does not. Ranges can be expressed herein as from “about” one particular value, and / or to “about” another particular value. By “about” is meant within 5% of the value, e.g., within 4, 3, 2, or 1% of the value. When such a range is expressed, another aspect includes from the one particular value and / or to the other particular value. Similarly, when values are expressed as approximations, by use of the antecedent “about,” it will be understood that the particular value forms another aspect. It will be further understood that the endpoints of each of the ranges are significant both in relation to the other endpoint, and independently of the other endpoint. Values can be expressed herein as an “average” value. “Average” generally refers to the statistical mean value. By “substantially” is meant within 5%, e.g., within 4%, 3%, 2%, or 1%. “Exemplary” means “an example of” and is not intended to convey an indication of a preferred or ideal implementation. “Such as” is not used in a restrictive sense, but for explanatory purposes. It is understood that throughout this specification the identifiers “first” and “second” are used solely to aid in distinguishing the various components and steps of the disclosed subject matter. The identifiers “first” and “second” are not intended to imply any particular order, amount, preference, or importance to the components or steps modified by these terms. References in the specification and concluding claims to parts by weight of a particular element or component in a composition denotes the weight relationship between the element or component and any other elements or components in the composition or article for which a part by weight is expressed. Thus, in a compound containing 2 parts by weight of component X and 5 parts by weight component Y, X and Y are present at a weight ratio of 2:5, and are present in such ratio regardless of whether additional components are contained in the compound. A weight percent (wt. %) of a component, unless specifically stated to the contrary, is based on the total weight of the formulation or composition in which the component is included. The term “or combinations thereof” as used herein refers to all permutations and combinations of the listed items preceding the term. For example, “A, B, C, or combinations thereof” is intended to include at least one of: A, B, C, AB, AC, BC, or ABC, and if order is important in a particular context, also BA, CA, CB, CBA, BCA, ACB, BAC, or CAB. Continuing with this example, expressly included are combinations that contain repeats of one or more item or term, such as BB, AAA, AB, BBC, AAABCCCC, CBBAAA, CABABB, and so forth. The skilled artisan will understand that typically there is no limit on the number of items or terms in any combination, unless otherwise apparent from the context. The expressions “ambient temperature” and “room temperature” as used herein are understood in the art and refer generally to a temperature from 0°C to 30°C, such as from 20°C to 30°C. The expressions “ambient pressure” and “room pressure” as used herein are understood in the art and refer generally to a pressure from 14.5 to 14.7 pounds per square inch (psi). Chemical Definitions Unless otherwise defined, all technical and scientific terms used herein have the same meaning as commonly understood by one of ordinary skill in the art to which this invention belongs. The organic moieties mentioned when defining variable positions within the general formulae described herein (e.g., the term “halogen”) are collective terms for the individual substituents encompassed by the organic moiety. The prefix Cn-Cmpreceding a group or moiety indicates, in each case, the possible number of carbon atoms in the group or moiety that follows. The term “ion,” as used herein, refers to any molecule, portion of a molecule, cluster of molecules, molecular complex, moiety, or atom that contains a charge (positive, negative, or both at the same time within one molecule, cluster of molecules, molecular complex, or moiety (e.g., zwitterions)) or that can be made to contain a charge. Methods for producing a charge in a molecule, portion of a molecule, cluster of molecules, molecular complex, moiety, or atom are disclosed herein and can be accomplished by methods known in the art, e.g., protonation, deprotonation, oxidation, reduction, alkylation, acetylation, esterification, de-esterification, hydrolysis, etc. The term “anion” is a type of ion and is included within the meaning of the term “ion.” An “anion” is any molecule, portion of a molecule (e.g., zwitterion), cluster of molecules, molecular complex, moiety, or atom that contains a net negative charge or that can be made to contain a net negative charge. The term “anion precursor” is used herein to specifically refer to a molecule that can be converted to an anion via a chemical reaction (e.g., deprotonation). The term “cation” is a type of ion and is included within the meaning of the term “ion.” A “cation” is any molecule, portion of a molecule (e.g., zwitterion), cluster of molecules, molecular complex, moiety, or atom, that contains a net positive charge or that can be made to contain a net positive charge. The term “cation precursor” is used herein to specifically refer to a molecule that can be converted to a cation via a chemical reaction (e.g., protonation or alkylation). As used herein, the term “substituted” is contemplated to include all permissible substituents of organic compounds. In a broad aspect, the permissible substituents include acyclic and cyclic, branched and unbranched, carbocyclic and heterocyclic, and aromatic and nonaromatic substituents of organic compounds. Illustrative substituents include, for example, those described below. The permissible substituents can be one or more and the same or different for appropriate organic compounds. For purposes of this disclosure, the heteroatoms, such as nitrogen, can have hydrogen substituents and / or any permissible substituents of organic compounds described herein which satisfy the valencies of the heteroatoms. This disclosure is not intended to be limited in any manner by the permissible substituents of organic compounds. Also, the terms “substitution” or “substituted with” include the implicit proviso that such substitution is in accordance with permitted valence of the substituted atom and the substituent, and that the substitution results in a stable compound, e.g., a compound that does not spontaneously undergo transformation such as by rearrangement, cyclization, elimination, etc. “Z1,” “Z2,” “Z3,” and “Z4” are used herein as generic symbols to represent various specific substituents. These symbols can be any substituent, not limited to those disclosed herein, and when they are defined to be certain substituents in one instance, they can, in another instance, be defined as some other substituents. The term “aliphatic” as used herein refers to a non-aromatic hydrocarbon group and includes branched and unbranched, alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl groups. As used herein, the term “alkyl” refers to saturated, straight-chained or branched saturated hydrocarbon moieties. Unless otherwise specified, C1-C24 (e.g., C1-C22, C1-C20, C1- C18, C1-C16, C1-C14, C1-C12, C1-C10, C1-C8, C1-C6, or C1-C4) alkyl groups are intended. Examples of alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, propyl, 1-methyl-ethyl, butyl, 1-methyl- propyl, 2-methyl-propyl, 1,1-dimethyl-ethyl, pentyl, 1-methyl-butyl, 2-methyl-butyl, 3- methyl-butyl, 2,2-dimethyl-propyl, 1-ethyl-propyl, hexyl, 1,1-dimethyl-propyl, 1,2-dimethyl- propyl, 1-methyl-pentyl, 2-methyl-pentyl, 3-methyl-pentyl, 4-methyl-pentyl, 1,1-dimethyl- butyl, 1,2-dimethyl-butyl, 1,3-dimethyl-butyl, 2,2-dimethyl-butyl, 2,3-dimethyl-butyl, 3,3- dimethyl-butyl, 1-ethyl-butyl, 2-ethyl-butyl, 1,1,2-trimethyl-propyl, 1,2,2-trimethyl-propyl, 1- ethyl-1-methyl-propyl, 1-ethyl-2-methyl-propyl, heptyl, octyl, nonyl, decyl, dodecyl, tetradecyl, hexadecyl, eicosyl, tetracosyl, and the like. Alkyl substituents may be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more chemical moieties. The alkyl group can be substituted with one or more groups including, but not limited to, hydroxyl, halogen, acyl, alkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aldehyde, amino, cyano, carboxylic acid, ester, ether, ketone, nitro, phosphonyl, silyl, sulfo-oxo, sulfonyl, sulfone, sulfoxide, or thiol, as described below, provided that the substituents are sterically compatible and the rules of chemical bonding and strain energy are satisfied. Throughout the specification “alkyl” is generally used to refer to both unsubstituted alkyl groups and substituted alkyl groups; however, substituted alkyl groups are also specifically referred to herein by identifying the specific substituent(s) on the alkyl group. For example, the term “halogenated alkyl” specifically refers to an alkyl group that is substituted with one or more halides (halogens; e.g., fluorine, chlorine, bromine, or iodine). The term “alkoxyalkyl” specifically refers to an alkyl group that is substituted with one or more alkoxy groups, as described below. The term “alkylamino” specifically refers to an alkyl group that is substituted with one or more amino groups, as described below, and the like. When “alkyl” is used in one instance and a specific term such as “alkylalcohol” is used in another, it is not meant to imply that the term “alkyl” does not also refer to specific terms such as “alkylalcohol” and the like. This practice is also used for other groups described herein. That is, while a term such as “cycloalkyl” refers to both unsubstituted and substituted cycloalkyl moieties, the substituted moieties can, in addition, be specifically identified herein; for example, a particular substituted cycloalkyl can be referred to as, e.g., an “alkylcycloalkyl.” Similarly, a substituted alkoxy can be specifically referred to as, e.g., a “halogenated alkoxy,” a particular substituted alkenyl can be, e.g., an “alkenylalcohol,” and the like. Again, the practice of using a general term, such as “cycloalkyl,” and a specific term, such as “alkylcycloalkyl,” is not meant to imply that the general term does not also include the specific term. As used herein, the term “alkenyl” refers to unsaturated, straight-chained, or branched hydrocarbon moieties containing a double bond. Unless otherwise specified, C2-C24(e.g., C2- C22, C2-C20, C2-C18, C2-C16, C2-C14, C2-C12, C2-C10, C2-C8, C2-C6, or C2-C4) alkenyl groups are intended. Alkenyl groups may contain more than one unsaturated bond. Examples include ethenyl, 1-propenyl, 2-propenyl, 1-methylethenyl, 1-butenyl, 2-butenyl, 3-butenyl, 1-methyl- 1-propenyl, 2-methyl-1-propenyl, 1-methyl-2-propenyl, 2-methyl-2-propenyl, 1-pentenyl, 2- pentenyl, 3-pentenyl, 4-pentenyl, 1-methyl-1-butenyl, 2-methyl-1-butenyl, 3-methyl-1- butenyl, 1-methyl-2-butenyl, 2-methyl-2-butenyl, 3-methyl-2-butenyl, 1-methyl-3-butenyl, 2- methyl-3-butenyl, 3-methyl-3-butenyl, 1,1-dimethyl-2-propenyl, 1,2-dimethyl-1-propenyl, 1,2-dimethyl-2-propenyl, 1-ethyl-1-propenyl, 1-ethyl-2-propenyl, 1-hexenyl, 2-hexenyl, 3- hexenyl, 4-hexenyl, 5-hexenyl, 1-methyl-1-pentenyl, 2-methyl-1-pentenyl, 3-methyl-1- pentenyl, 4-methyl-1-pentenyl, 1-methyl-2-pentenyl, 2-methyl-2-pentenyl, 3-methyl-2- pentenyl, 4-methyl-2-pentenyl, 1-methyl-3-pentenyl, 2-methyl-3-pentenyl, 3-methyl-3- pentenyl, 4-methyl-3-pentenyl, 1-methyl-4-pentenyl, 2-methyl-4-pentenyl, 3-methyl-4- pentenyl, 4-methyl-4-pentenyl, 1,1-dimethyl-2-butenyl, 1,1-dimethyl-3-butenyl, 1,2- dimethyl-1-butenyl, 1,2-dimethyl-2-butenyl, 1,2-dimethyl-3-butenyl, 1,3-dimethyl-1-butenyl, 1,3-dimethyl-2-butenyl, 1,3-dimethyl-3-butenyl, 2,2-dimethyl-3-butenyl, 2,3-dimethyl-1- butenyl, 2,3-dimethyl-2-butenyl, 2,3-dimethyl-3-butenyl, 3,3-dimethyl-1-butenyl, 3,3- dimethyl-2-butenyl, 1-ethyl-1-butenyl, 1-ethyl-2-butenyl, 1-ethyl-3-butenyl, 2-ethyl-1- butenyl, 2-ethyl-2-butenyl, 2-ethyl-3-butenyl, 1,1,2-trimethyl-2-propenyl, 1-ethyl-1-methyl- 2-propenyl, 1-ethyl-2-methyl-1-propenyl, and 1-ethyl-2-methyl-2-propenyl. The term “vinyl” refers to a group having the structure –CH=CH2; 1-propenyl refers to a group with the structure –CH=CH-CH3; and 2-propenyl refers to a group with the structure –CH2-CH=CH2. Asymmetric structures such as (Z1Z2)C=C(Z3Z4) are intended to include both the E and Z isomers. This can be presumed in structural formulae herein wherein an asymmetric alkene is present, or it can be explicitly indicated by the bond symbol C=C. Alkenyl substituents may be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more chemical moieties. Examples of suitable substituents include, for example, alkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, acyl, aldehyde, amino, cyano, carboxylic acid, ester, ether, halide, hydroxyl, ketone, nitro, phosphonyl, silyl, sulfo-oxo, sulfonyl, sulfone, sulfoxide, or thiol, as described below, provided that the substituents are sterically compatible and the rules of chemical bonding and strain energy are satisfied. As used herein, the term “alkynyl” represents straight-chained or branched hydrocarbon moieties containing a triple bond. Unless otherwise specified, C2-C24 (e.g., C2- C24, C2-C20, C2-C18, C2-C16, C2-C14, C2-C12, C2-C10, C2-C8, C2-C6, or C2-C4) alkynyl groups are intended. Alkynyl groups may contain more than one unsaturated bond. Examples include C2-C6-alkynyl, such as ethynyl, 1-propynyl, 2-propynyl (or propargyl), 1-butynyl, 2-butynyl, 3-butynyl, 1-methyl-2-propynyl, 1-pentynyl, 2-pentynyl, 3-pentynyl, 4-pentynyl, 3-methyl-1- butynyl, 1-methyl-2-butynyl, 1-methyl-3-butynyl, 2-methyl-3-butynyl, 1,1-dimethyl-2- propynyl, 1-ethyl-2-propynyl, 1-hexynyl, 2-hexynyl, 3-hexynyl, 4-hexynyl, 5-hexynyl, 3- methyl-1-pentynyl, 4-methyl-1-pentynyl, 1-methyl-2-pentynyl, 4-methyl-2-pentynyl, 1- methyl-3-pentynyl, 2-methyl-3-pentynyl, 1-methyl-4-pentynyl, 2-methyl-4-pentynyl, 3- methyl-4-pentynyl, 1,1-dimethyl-2-butynyl, 1,1-dimethyl-3-butynyl, 1,2-dimethyl-3-butynyl, 2,2-dimethyl-3-butynyl, 3,3-dimethyl-1-butynyl, 1-ethyl-2-butynyl, 1-ethyl-3-butynyl, 2- ethyl-3-butynyl, and 1-ethyl-1-methyl-2-propynyl. Alkynyl substituents may be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more chemical moieties. Examples of suitable substituents include, for example, alkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, acyl, aldehyde, amino, cyano, carboxylic acid, ester, ether, halide, hydroxyl, ketone, nitro, phosphonyl, silyl, sulfo-oxo, sulfonyl, sulfone, sulfoxide, or thiol, as described below. As used herein, the term “aryl,” as well as derivative terms such as aryloxy, refers to groups that include a monovalent aromatic carbocyclic group of from 3 to 50 carbon atoms. Aryl groups can include a single ring or multiple condensed rings. In some examples, aryl groups include C6-C10 aryl groups. Examples of aryl groups include, but are not limited to, benzene, phenyl, biphenyl, naphthyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, phenylcyclopropyl, phenoxybenzene, and indanyl. The term “aryl” also includes “heteroaryl,” which is defined as a group that contains an aromatic group that has at least one heteroatom incorporated within the ring of the aromatic group. Examples of heteroatoms include, but are not limited to, nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, and phosphorus. The term “non-heteroaryl,” which is also included in the term “aryl,” defines a group that contains an aromatic group that does not contain a heteroatom. The aryl substituents may be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more chemical moieties. Examples of suitable substituents include, for example, alkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, acyl, aldehyde, amino, cyano, carboxylic acid, ester, ether, halide, hydroxyl, ketone, nitro, phosphonyl, silyl, sulfo-oxo, sulfonyl, sulfone, sulfoxide, or thiol as described herein. The term “biaryl” is a specific type of aryl group and is included in the definition of aryl. Biaryl refers to two aryl groups that are bound together via a fused ring structure, as in naphthalene, or are attached via one or more carbon-carbon bonds, as in biphenyl. The term “cycloalkyl” as used herein is a non-aromatic carbon-based ring composed of at least three carbon atoms. Examples of cycloalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, etc. The term “heterocycloalkyl” is a cycloalkyl group as defined above where at least one of the carbon atoms of the ring is substituted with a heteroatom such as, but not limited to, nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, or phosphorus. The cycloalkyl group and heterocycloalkyl group can be substituted or unsubstituted. The cycloalkyl group and heterocycloalkyl group can be substituted with one or more groups including, but not limited to, alkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, acyl, aldehyde, amino, cyano, carboxylic acid, ester, ether, halide, hydroxyl, ketone, nitro, phosphonyl, silyl, sulfo-oxo, sulfonyl, sulfone, sulfoxide, or thiol as described herein. The term “cycloalkenyl” as used herein is a non-aromatic carbon-based ring composed of at least three carbon atoms and containing at least one double bound, i.e., C=C. Examples of cycloalkenyl groups include, but are not limited to, cyclopropenyl, cyclobutenyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclopentadienyl, cyclohexenyl, cyclohexadienyl, and the like. The term “heterocycloalkenyl” is a type of cycloalkenyl group as defined above and is included within the meaning of the term “cycloalkenyl,” where at least one of the carbon atoms of the ring is substituted with a heteroatom such as, but not limited to, nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, or phosphorus. The cycloalkenyl group and heterocycloalkenyl group can be substituted or unsubstituted. The cycloalkenyl group and heterocycloalkenyl group can be substituted with one or more groups including, but not limited to, alkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, acyl, aldehyde, amino, cyano, carboxylic acid, ester, ether, halide, hydroxyl, ketone, nitro, phosphonyl, silyl, sulfo-oxo, sulfonyl, sulfone, sulfoxide, or thiol as described herein. The term “cyclic group” is used herein to refer to either aryl groups, non-aryl groups (i.e., cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, and heterocycloalkenyl groups), or both. Cyclic groups have one or more ring systems (e.g., monocyclic, bicyclic, tricyclic, polycyclic, etc.) that can be substituted or unsubstituted. A cyclic group can contain one or more aryl groups, one or more non-aryl groups, or one or more aryl groups and one or more non-aryl groups. The term “acyl” as used herein is represented by the formula –C(O)Z1where Z1can be a hydrogen, hydroxyl, alkoxy, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkyl, or heterocycloalkenyl group described above. As used herein, the term “acyl” can be used interchangeably with “carbonyl.” Throughout this specification “C(O)” or “CO” is a shorthand notation for C=O. The term “acetal” as used herein is represented by the formula (Z1Z2)C(=OZ3)(=OZ4), where Z1, Z2, Z3, and Z4can be, independently, a hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkyl, or heterocycloalkenyl group described above. The term “alkanol” as used herein is represented by the formula Z1OH, where Z1can be an alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkyl, or heterocycloalkenyl group described above. As used herein, the term “alkoxy” as used herein is an alkyl group bound through a single, terminal ether linkage; that is, an “alkoxy” group can be defined as to a group of the formula Z1-O-, where Z1is unsubstituted or substituted alkyl as defined above. Unless otherwise specified, alkoxy groups wherein Z1is a C1-C24 (e.g., C1-C22, C1-C20, C1-C18, C1- C16, C1-C14, C1-C12, C1-C10, C1-C8, C1-C6, or C1-C4) alkyl group are intended. Examples include methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, 1-methyl-ethoxy, butoxy, 1-methyl-propoxy, 2-methyl- propoxy, 1,1-dimethyl-ethoxy, pentoxy, 1-methyl-butyloxy, 2-methyl-butoxy, 3-methyl- butoxy, 2,2-di-methyl-propoxy, 1-ethyl-propoxy, hexoxy, 1,1-dimethyl-propoxy, 1,2- dimethyl-propoxy, 1-methyl-pentoxy, 2-methyl-pentoxy, 3-methyl-pentoxy, 4-methyl- penoxy, 1,1-dimethyl-butoxy, 1,2-dimethyl-butoxy, 1,3-dimethyl-butoxy, 2,2-dimethyl- butoxy, 2,3-dimethyl-butoxy, 3,3-dimethyl-butoxy, 1-ethyl-butoxy, 2-ethylbutoxy, 1,1,2- trimethyl-propoxy, 1,2,2-trimethyl-propoxy, 1-ethyl-1-methyl-propoxy, and 1-ethyl-2- methyl-propoxy. The term “aldehyde” as used herein is represented by the formula —C(O)H. Throughout this specification “C(O)” is a shorthand notation for C=O. The term “amino” as used herein are represented by the formula —NZ1Z2Z3, where Z1, Z2, and Z3can each be substitution group as described herein, such as hydrogen, an alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkyl, or heterocycloalkenyl group described above. The terms “amide” or “amido” as used herein are represented by the formula — C(O)NZ1Z2, where Z1and Z2can each be substitution group as described herein, such as hydrogen, an alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkyl, or heterocycloalkenyl group described above. The term “anhydride” as used herein is represented by the formula Z1C(O)OC(O)Z2where Z1and Z2, independently, can be an alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkyl, or heterocycloalkenyl group described above. The term “cyclic anhydride” as used herein is represented by the formula: where Z1can be an alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkyl, or heterocycloalkenyl group described above. The term “azide” as used herein is represented by the formula –N=N=N. The term “carboxylic acid” as used herein is represented by the formula —C(O)OH. A “carboxylate” or “carboxyl” group as used herein is represented by the formula —C(O)O-. The term “cyano” as used herein is represented by the formula —CN. The term “ester” as used herein is represented by the formula —OC(O)Z1or —C(O)OZ1, where Z1can be an alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkyl, or heterocycloalkenyl group described above. The term “ether” as used herein is represented by the formula Z1OZ2, where Z1and Z2can be, independently, an alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkyl, or heterocycloalkenyl group described above. The term “epoxy” or “epoxide” as used herein refers to a cyclic ether with a three atom ring and can represented by the formula: where Z1, Z2, Z3, and Z4can be, independently, an alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkyl, or heterocycloalkenyl group described above The term “ketone” as used herein is represented by the formula Z1C(O)Z2, where Z1and Z2can be, independently, an alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkyl, or heterocycloalkenyl group described above. The term “halide” or “halogen” or “halo” as used herein refers to fluorine, chlorine, bromine, and iodine. The term “hydroxyl” as used herein is represented by the formula —OH. The term “nitro” as used herein is represented by the formula —NO2. The term “phosphonyl” is used herein to refer to the phospho-oxo group represented by the formula —P(O)(OZ1)2, where Z1can be hydrogen, an alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkyl, or heterocycloalkenyl group described above. The term “silyl” as used herein is represented by the formula —SiZ1Z2Z3, where Z1, Z2, and Z3can be, independently, hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkyl, or heterocycloalkenyl group described above. The term “sulfonyl” or “sulfone” is used herein to refer to the sulfo-oxo group represented by the formula —S(O)2Z1, where Z1can be hydrogen, an alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkyl, or heterocycloalkenyl group described above. The term “sulfide” as used herein comprises the formula —S—. The term “thiol” as used herein is represented by the formula —SH. “R1,” “R2,” “R3,” “Rn,” etc., where n is some integer, as used herein can, independently, possess one or more of the groups listed above. For example, if R1is a straight chain alkyl group, one of the hydrogen atoms of the alkyl group can optionally be substituted with a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an amino group, an alkyl group, a halide, and the like. Depending upon the groups that are selected, a first group can be incorporated within a second group or, alternatively, the first group can be pendant (i.e., attached) to the second group. For example, with the phrase “an alkyl group comprising an amino group,” the amino group can be incorporated within the backbone of the alkyl group. Alternatively, the amino group can be attached to the backbone of the alkyl group. The nature of the group(s) that is (are) selected will determine if the first group is embedded or attached to the second group. Unless stated to the contrary, a formula with chemical bonds shown only as solid lines and not as wedges or dashed lines contemplates each possible stereoisomer or mixture of stereoisomer (e.g., each enantiomer, each diastereomer, each meso compound, a racemic mixture, or scalemic mixture). Compositions Disclosed herein are hydrocarbon-based compositions derived from pyrolysis of a feedstock comprising post-consumer and / or post-industrial plastics. Pyrolysis depolymerizes plastics into products comprised of building block molecules. Contaminants are introduced during plastic formulation and manufacturing processes during the first life of plastic in conjunction with the source and collection method of the plastics. Recycling of plastics via pyrolysis is a technology that generates products with a broad range of quality dependent upon a variety of factors, including the feedstock and manufacturing process. “Post-industrial” or “Pre-consumer” plastics include materials derived from waste streams during a plastic manufacturing process. “Post-consumer” plastics include materials generated by households or by commercial, industrial, and / or institutional facilities in their roles as end-users of the product which can no longer be used for its intended purpose. This includes returns of material from the distribution chain. Sources of post-consumer and / or post-industrial plastics include, but are not limited to, plastic resin producers; packaging converters; industrial, commercial, retail, and institutional facilities; households; and waste collectors. In some examples, the compositions disclosed herein can comprise a wax, an oil, or a combination thereof. Wax For example, disclosed herein are waxes derived from pyrolysis of a feedstock comprising post-consumer and / or post-industrial plastics. In some examples, the wax can be produced via pyrolysis at an industrial scale. In some examples, the wax is a solid or semi-solid at ambient temperature and ambient pressure. In some examples, the wax comprises relatively long-chain hydrocarbons that are solid or semi-solid at ambient temperature and ambient pressure. The wax can, for example, have a number average molecular weight and / or a weight average molecular weight of 250 Daltons or more (e.g., 255 Daltons or more, 260 Daltons or more, 265 Daltons or more, 270 Daltons or more, 275 Daltons or more, 280 Daltons or more, 285 Daltons or more, 290 Daltons or more, 295 Daltons or more, 300 Daltons or more, 305 Daltons or more, 310 Daltons or more, 315 Daltons or more, 320 Daltons or more, 325 Daltons or more, 330 Daltons or more, 335 Daltons or more, 340 Daltons or more, 345 Daltons or more, 350 Daltons or more, 355 Daltons or more, 360 Daltons or more, 365 Daltons or more, 370 Daltons or more, 375 Daltons or more, 380 Daltons or more, 385 Daltons or more, 390 Daltons or more, 395 Daltons or more, 400 Daltons or more, 405 Daltons or more, 410 Daltons or more, 415 Daltons or more, 420 Daltons or more, 425 Daltons or more, 430 Daltons or more, 435 Daltons or more, or 440 Daltons or more). In some examples, the wax can have a number average molecular weight and / or a weight average molecular weight of 450 Daltons or less (e.g., 445 Daltons or less, 440 Daltons or less, 435 Daltons or less, 430 Daltons or less, 425 Daltons or less, 420 Daltons or less, 415 Daltons or less, 410 Daltons or less, 405 Daltons or less, 400 Daltons or less, 395 Daltons or less, 390 Daltons or less, 385 Daltons or less, 380 Daltons or less, 375 Daltons or less, 370 Daltons or less, 365 Daltons or less, 360 Daltons or less, 355 Daltons or less, 350 Daltons or less, 345 Daltons or less, 340 Daltons or less, 335 Daltons or less, 330 Daltons or less, 325 Daltons or less, 320 Daltons or less, 315 Daltons or less, 310 Daltons or less, 305 Daltons or less, 300 Daltons or less, 295 Daltons or less, 290 Daltons or less, 285 Daltons or less, 280 Daltons or less, 275 Daltons or less, 270 Daltons or less, 265 Daltons or less, or 260 Daltons or less). The number average molecular weight and / or weight average molecular weight of the wax can range from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above. For example, the wax can have a number average molecular weight and / or a weight average molecular weight of from 250 to 450 Daltons (e.g., from 250 to 350 Daltons, from 350 to 450 Daltons, from 250 to 300 Daltons, from 300 to 350 Daltons, from 350 to 400 Daltons, from 400 to 450 Daltons, from 250 to 425 Daltons, from 250 to 400 Daltons, from 250 to 375 Daltons, from 250 to 325 Daltons, from 250 to 275 Daltons, from 275 to 450 Daltons, from 300 to 450 Daltons, from 325 to 450 Daltons, from 375 to 450 Daltons, from 425 to 450 Daltons, from 275 to 425 Daltons, or from 300 to 400 Daltons). In some examples, the wax can have a number average molecular weight and / or a weight average molecular weight of from 300 to 400 Daltons (e.g., from 300 to 350 Daltons, from 350 to 400 Daltons, from 300 to 320 Daltons, from 320 to 340 Daltons, from 340 to 360 Daltons, from 360 to 380 Daltons, from 380 to 400 Daltons, from 300 to 380 Daltons, from 300 to 360 Daltons, from 300 to 340 Daltons, from 320 to 400 Daltons, from 340 to 400 Daltons, from 360 to 400 Daltons, from 310 to 390 Daltons, from 320 to 380 Daltons, from 325 to 375 Daltons, or from 325 to 350 Daltons). The wax comprises a mixture of different hydrocarbons (e.g., linear, branched, cyclic, acyclic, saturated, unsaturated, aromatic, non-aromatic, etc.), any of which can optionally be substituted. In some examples, the wax comprises a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and 60% or more of the mixture (w / w) comprises C20- C45 hydrocarbons (e.g., 61% or more, 62% or more, 63% or more, 64% or more, 65% or more, 66% or more, 67% or more, 68% or more, 69% or more, 70% or more, 71% or more, 72% or more, 73% or more, 74% or more, 75% or more, 76% or more, 77% or more, or 78% or more). In some examples, the wax comprises a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and 80% or less of the mixture (w / w) comprises C20-C45hydrocarbons (e.g., 79% or less, 78% or less, 77% or less, 76% or less, 75% or less, 74% or less, 73% or less, 72% or less, 71% or less, 70% or less, 69% or less, 68% or less, 67% or less, 66% or less, 65% or less, 64% or less, 63% or less, or 62% or less). The amount of the mixture comprising C20-C45 hydrocarbons can range from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above. For example, the wax comprises a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and from 60% to 80% of the mixture (w / w) comprises C20-C45 hydrocarbons (e.g., from 60% to 70%, from 70% to 80%, from 60% to 65%, from 65% to 70%, from 70% to 75%, from 75% to 80%, from 60% to 75%, from 65% to 80%, or from 65% to 75%). In some examples, the wax comprises a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and 80% or more of the mixture (w / w) can comprise C9- C33hydrocarbons (e.g., 81% or more, 82% or more, 83% or more, 84% or more, 85% or more, 86% or more, 87% or more, or 88% or more). In some examples, the wax comprises a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and 90% or less of the mixture (w / w) can comprise C9-C33 hydrocarbons (e.g., 89% or less, 88% or less, 87% or less, 86% or less, 85% or less, 84% or less, 83% or less, or 82% or less). The amount of the mixture comprising C9-C33 hydrocarbons can range from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above. For example, the wax can comprise a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and from 80% to 90% of the mixture (w / w) can comprise C9-C33hydrocarbons (e.g., from 80% to 85%, from 85% to 90%, from 80% to 82%, from 82% to 84%, from 84% to 86%, from 86% to 88%, from 88% to 90%, from 80% to 88%, from 80% to 86%, from 80% to 84%, from 82% to 90%, from 84% to 90%, from 86% to 90%, from 81% to 89%, or from 82% to 88%). In some examples, the wax comprises a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and 75% or more of the mixture (w / w) comprises C9-C46 hydrocarbons (e.g., 76% or more, 77% or more, 78% or more, 79% or more, 80% or more, 81% or more, 82% or more, 83% or more, 84% or more, 85% or more, 86% or more, 87% or more, 88% or more, 89% or more, 90% or more, 91% or more, 92% or more, 93% or more, 94% or more, 95% or more, 95.5% or more, 96% or more, 96.5% or more, 97% or more, 97.5% or more, or 98% or more). In some examples, the wax comprises a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and 100% or less of the mixture (w / w) comprises C9-C46hydrocarbons (e.g., 99.5% or less, 99% or less, 98.5% or less, 98% or less, 97.5% or less, 97% or less, 96.5% or less, 96% or less, 95.5% or less, 95% or less, 94% or less, 93% or less, 92% or less, 91% or less, 90% or less, 89% or less, 88% or less, 87% or less, 86% or less, 85% or less, 84% or less, 83% or less, 82% or less, 81% or less, 80% or less, 79% or less, 78% or less, or 77% or less). The amount of the mixture comprising C9-C46 hydrocarbons can range from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above. For example, the wax comprises a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and from 75% to 100% of the mixture (w / w) comprises C9-C46 hydrocarbons (e.g., from 75% to 87.5%, from 87.5% to 100%, from 75% to 80%, from 80% to 85%, from 85% to 90%, from 90% to 95%, from 95% to 100%, from 75% to 95%, from 75% to 90%, from 75% to 85%, from 80% to 100%, from 85% to 100%, from 90% to 100%, or from 80% to 95%). In some examples, the wax comprises a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and from 95% to 99% of the mixture (w / w) comprises C9-C46hydrocarbons (e.g., from 95% to 97%, from 97% to 99%, from 95% to 96%, from 96% to 97%, from 97% to 98%, from 98% to 99%, from 95% to 98%, from 96% to 99%, or from 96% to 98%). In some examples, the wax comprises a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and 20% or more of the mixture (w / w) comprises C9-C20 hydrocarbons (e.g., 21% or more, 22% or more, 23% or more, 24% or more, 25% or more, 26% or more, 27% or more, or 28% or more). In some examples, the wax comprises a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and 30% or less of the mixture (w / w) comprises C9-C20 hydrocarbons (e.g., 29% or less, 28% or less, 27% or less, 26% or less, 25% or less, 24% or less, 23% or less, or 22% or less). The amount of the mixture comprising C9-C20hydrocarbons can range from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above. For example, the wax comprises a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and from 20% to 30% of the mixture (w / w) comprises C9-C20hydrocarbons (e.g., from 20% to 25%, from 25% to 30%, from 20% to 22%, from 22% to 24%, from 24% to 26%, from 26% to 28%, from 28% to 30%, from 20% to 28%, from 20% to 26%, from 20% to 24%, from 22% to 30%, from 24% to 30%, from 26% to 30%, from 21% to 29%, or from 22% to 28%). In some examples, the wax comprises a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and 20% or more of the mixture (w / w) comprises C20- C24hydrocarbons (e.g., 21% or more, 22% or more, 23% or more, 24% or more, 25% or more, 26% or more, 27% or more, or 28% or more). In some examples, the wax comprises a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and 30% or less of the mixture (w / w) comprises C20-C24hydrocarbons (e.g., 29% or less, 28% or less, 27% or less, 26% or less, 25% or less, 24% or less, 23% or less, or 22% or less). The amount of the mixture comprising C20-C24 hydrocarbons can range from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above. For example, the wax comprises a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and from 20% to 30% of the mixture (w / w) comprises C20-C24 hydrocarbons (e.g., from 20% to 25%, from 25% to 30%, from 20% to 22%, from 22% to 24%, from 24% to 26%, from 26% to 28%, from 28% to 30%, from 20% to 28%, from 20% to 26%, from 20% to 24%, from 22% to 30%, from 24% to 30%, from 26% to 30%, from 21% to 29%, or from 22% to 28%). In some examples, the wax comprises a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and 20% or more of the mixture (w / w) comprises C24- C28hydrocarbons (e.g., 21% or more, 22% or more, 23% or more, 24% or more, 25% or more, 26% or more, 27% or more, or 28% or more). In some examples, the wax comprises a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and 30% or less of the mixture (w / w) comprises C24-C28 hydrocarbons (e.g., 29% or less, 28% or less, 27% or less, 26% or less, 25% or less, 24% or less, 23% or less, or 22% or less). The amount of the mixture comprising C24-C28 hydrocarbons can range from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above. For example, the wax comprises a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and from 20% to 30% of the mixture (w / w) comprises C24-C28hydrocarbons (e.g., from 20% to 25%, from 25% to 30%, from 20% to 22%, from 22% to 24%, from 24% to 26%, from 26% to 28%, from 28% to 30%, from 20% to 28%, from 20% to 26%, from 20% to 24%, from 22% to 30%, from 24% to 30%, from 26% to 30%, from 21% to 29%, or from 22% to 28%). In some examples, the wax comprises a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and 10% or more of the mixture (w / w) comprises C28- C32 hydrocarbons (e.g., 11% or more, 12% or more, 13% or more, 14% or more, 15% or more, 16% or more, 17% or more, or 18% or more). In some examples, the wax comprises a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and 20% or less of the mixture (w / w) comprises C28-C32 hydrocarbons (e.g., 19% or less, 18% or less, 17% or less, 16% or less, 15% or less, 14% or less, 13% or less, or 12% or less). The amount of the mixture comprising C28-C32hydrocarbons can range from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above. For example, the wax comprises a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and from 10% to 20% of the mixture (w / w) comprises C28-C32hydrocarbons (e.g., from 10% to 15%, from 15% to 20%, from 10% to 12%, from 12% to 14%, from 14% to 16%, from 16% to 18%, from 18% to 20%, from 10% to 18%, from 10% to 16%, from 10% to 14%, from 12% to 20%, from 14% to 20%, from 16% to 20%, from 11% to 19%, or from 12% to 18%). In some examples, the wax comprises a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and the mixture comprises: 20-30% (e.g., 25-30%) C9- C20hydrocarbons, 20-30% (e.g., 20-25%) C20-C24hydrocarbons, 20-30% (e.g., 20-25%) C24- C28hydrocarbons, and 10-20% (e.g., 10-15%) C28-C32hydrocarbons. In some examples, the wax comprises a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and the mixture comprises: 25-30% C9-C20hydrocarbons, 20-25% C20-C24hydrocarbons, 20-25% C24-C28hydrocarbons, and 10-15% C28-C32hydrocarbons. In some examples, the wax comprises a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and the mixture is substantially free of C1-C4 hydrocarbons. In some examples, the wax comprises a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and the mixture is substantially free of C1-C8 hydrocarbons. In some examples, the wax comprises a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and the mixture comprises saturated hydrocarbons (e.g., linear, branched, and / or cyclic alkanes), unsaturated (non-aromatic) hydrocarbons (e.g., linear, branched, and / or cyclic alkenes and / or alkynes), and aromatic hydrocarbons. For example, the wax comprises a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and the mixture comprises 80 wt.% or more saturated hydrocarbons (e.g., 81 wt.% or more, 82 wt.% or more, 83 wt.% or more, 84 wt.% or more, 85 wt.% or more, 86 wt.% or more, 87 wt.% or more, 88 wt.% or more, 89 wt.% or more, 90 wt.% or more, 91 wt.% or more, 92 wt.% or more, 93 wt.% or more, 94 wt.% or more, 95 wt.% or more, 96 wt.% or more, 97 wt.% or more, 98 wt.% or more, or 99 wt.% or more). In some examples, the wax comprises a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and the mixture comprises 100 wt.% or less saturated hydrocarbons (e.g., 99 wt.% or less, 98 wt.% or less, 97 wt.% or less, 96 wt.% or less, 95 wt.% or less, 94 wt.% or less, 93 wt.% or less, 92 wt.% or less, 91 wt.% or less, 90 wt.% or less, 89 wt.% or less, 88 wt.% or less, 87 wt.% or less, 86 wt.% or less, 85 wt.% or less, 84 wt.% or less, 83 wt.% or less, or 82 wt.% or less). The amount of the mixture comprising saturated hydrocarbons can range from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above. For example, the wax can comprise a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and from 80 wt.% to 100 wt.% of the mixture can comprise saturated hydrocarbons (e.g., from 80 wt.% to 90 wt.%, from 90 wt.% to 100 wt.%, from 80 wt.% to 85 wt.%, from 85 wt.% to 90 wt.%, from 90 wt.% to 95 wt.%, from 95 wt.% to 100 wt.%, from 80 wt.% to 98 wt.%, from 80 wt.% to 96 wt.%, from 80 wt.% to 94 wt.%, from 80 wt.% to 92 wt.%, from 80 wt.% to 88 wt.%, from 80 wt.% to 86 wt.%, from 80 wt.% to 84 wt.%, from 80 wt.% to 82 wt.%, from 82 wt.% to 100 wt.%, from 84 wt.% to 100 wt.%, from 86 wt.% to 100 wt.%, from 88 wt.% to 100 wt.%, from 92 wt.% to 100 wt.%, from 94 wt.% to 100 wt.%, from 96 wt.% to 100 wt.%, from 98 wt.% to 100 wt.%, from 82 wt.% to 98 wt.%, from 85 wt.% to 99 wt.%, from 85 wt.% to 87 wt.%, or from 97 wt.% to 99 wt.%). In some examples, the wax comprises a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and the mixture comprises 0 wt.% or more unsaturated (non-aromatic) hydrocarbons (e.g., 0.1 wt.% or more, 0.2 wt.% or more, 0.3 wt.% or more, 0.4 wt.% or more, 0.5 wt.% or more, 0.6 wt.% or more, 0.7 wt.% or more, 0.8 wt.% or more, 0.9 wt.% or more, 1 wt.% or more, 1.25 wt.% or more, 1.5 wt.% or more, 1.75 wt.% or more, 2 wt.% or more, 2.25 wt.% or more, 2.5 wt.% or more, 3 wt.% or more, 3.5 wt.% or more, or 4 wt.% or more). In some examples, the wax comprises a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and the mixture comprises 5 wt.% or less unsaturated (non-aromatic) hydrocarbons (e.g., 4.5 wt.% or less, 4 wt.% or less, 3.5 wt.% or less, 3 wt.% or less, 2.5 wt.% or less, 2.25 wt.% or less, 2 wt.% or less, 1.75 wt.% or less, 1.5 wt.% or less, 1.25 wt.% or less, 1 wt.% or less, 0.9 wt.% or less, 0.8 wt.% or less, 0.7 wt.% or less, 0.6 wt.% or less, 0.5 wt.% or less, 0.4 wt.% or less, 0.3 wt.% or less, or 0.2 wt.% or less). The amount of the mixture comprising unsaturated (non-aromatic) hydrocarbons can range from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above. For example, the wax can comprise a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and from 0 to 5 wt.% of the mixture can comprise unsaturated (non-aromatic) hydrocarbons (e.g., from 0 to 2.5 wt.%, from 2.5 to 5 wt.%, from 0 to 1 wt.%, from 1 to 2 wt.%, from 2 to 3 wt.%, from 3 to 4 wt.%, from 4 to 5 wt.%, from 0 to 4 wt.%, from 0 to 3 wt.%, from 0 to 2 wt.%, from 1 to 5 wt.%, from 2 to 5 wt.%, from 3 to 5 wt.%, from 0.5 to 4.5 wt.%, or from 0.5 to 1.5 wt.%). In some examples, the wax comprises a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and the mixture comprises 0 wt.% or more aromatic hydrocarbons (e.g., 0.1 wt.% or more, 0.2 wt.% or more, 0.3 wt.% or more, 0.4 wt.% or more, 0.5 wt.% or more, 0.6 wt.% or more, 0.7 wt.% or more, 0.8 wt.% or more, 0.9 wt.% or more, 1 wt.% or more, 1.25 wt.% or more, 1.5 wt.% or more, 1.75 wt.% or more, 2 wt.% or more, 2.25 wt.% or more, 2.5 wt.% or more, 3 wt.% or more, 3.5 wt.% or more, 4 wt.% or more, 4.5 wt.% or more, 5.5 wt.% or more, 6 wt.% or more, 6.5 wt.% or more, 7 wt.% or more, 7.5 wt.% or more, 8 wt.% or more, 8.5 wt.% or more, 9 wt.% or more, 9.5 wt.% or more, 10 wt.% or more, 10.5 wt.% or more, 11 wt.% or more, 11.5 wt.% or more, 12 wt.% or more, 12.5 wt.% or more, 13 wt.% or more, 13.5 wt.% or more, or 14 wt.% or more). In some examples, the wax comprises a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and the mixture comprises 15 wt.% or less aromatic hydrocarbons (e.g., 14.5 wt.% or less, 14 wt.% or less, 13.5 wt.% or less, 13 wt.% or less, 12.5 wt.% or less, 12 wt.% or less, 11.5 wt.% or less, 11 wt.% or less, 10.5 wt.% or less, 10 wt.% or less, 9.5 wt.% or less, 9 wt.% or less, 8.5 wt.% or less, 8 wt.% or less, 7.5 wt.% or less, 7 wt.% or less, 6.5 wt.% or less, 6 wt.% or less, 5.5 wt.% or less, 5 wt.% or less, 4.5 wt.% or less, 4 wt.% or less, 3.5 wt.% or less, 3 wt.% or less, 2.5 wt.% or less, 2.25 wt.% or less, 2 wt.% or less, 1.75 wt.% or less, 1.5 wt.% or less, 1.25 wt.% or less, 1 wt.% or less, 0.9 wt.% or less, 0.8 wt.% or less, 0.7 wt.% or less, 0.6 wt.% or less, 0.5 wt.% or less, 0.4 wt.% or less, 0.3 wt.% or less, or 0.2 wt.% or less). The amount of the mixture comprising aromatic hydrocarbons can range from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above. For example, the wax can comprise a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and from 0 to 15 wt.% of the mixture can comprise aromatic hydrocarbons (e.g., from 0 to 7.5 wt.%, from 7.5 to 15 wt.%, from 0 to 5 wt.%, from 5 to 10 wt.%, from 10 to 15 wt.%, from 0 to 14 wt.%, from 0 to 12 wt.%, from 0 to 10 wt.%, from 0 to 8 wt.%, from 0 to 6 wt.%, from 0 to 4 wt.%, from 0 to 2.5 wt.%, from 0 to 2 wt.%, from 0 to 1 wt.%, from 1 to 15 wt.%, from 2 to 15 wt.%, from 4 to 15 wt.%, from 6 to 15 wt.%, from 8 to 15 wt.%, from 12 to 15 wt.%, from 0.5 to 14.5 wt.%, from 1 to 14 wt.%, or from 12 to 14 wt.%). In some examples, the wax comprises a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and the mixture comprises 80 – 100 wt.% saturated hydrocarbons (e.g., 85 – 90 wt.% or 95 to 99 wt.%); 0 – 5 wt.% unsaturated (non-aromatic) hydrocarbons (e.g., 0 -2.5 wt.%, or 0-1.5 wt.%); and 0 – 15 wt.% aromatic hydrocarbons (e.g., 0-2.5 wt.%, or 12-14 wt.%). In some examples, the wax comprises a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and the mixture comprises 85 – 90 wt.% saturated hydrocarbons; 0 – 2.5 wt.% unsaturated (non-aromatic) hydrocarbons; and 12 – 14 wt.% aromatic hydrocarbons. In some examples, the wax comprises a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and the mixture comprises 95 – 99 wt.% saturated hydrocarbons; 0 – 1.5 wt.% unsaturated (non-aromatic) hydrocarbons; and 0 – 2.5 wt.% aromatic hydrocarbons. The wax can, for example, have a melting point of 30°C or more or 40°C or more. In some examples, the wax can have a melting point of 70°C or less or 60°C or less. The melting point of the wax can range from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above. For example, the wax can have a melting point of from 30°C to 70°C. In some examples, the wax can have a melting point of from 40°C to 55°C (e.g., from 40°C to 50°C, or from 43°C to 48°C). The melting point of the wax can be determined by any suitable method, such as those known in the art. In some examples, the melting point of the wax is determined using the steps described in ASTM D 127. The wax can, for example, have a congealing point of 30°C or more or 40°C or more. In some examples, the wax can have a congealing point of 55°C or less. The congealing point of the wax can range from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above. For example, the wax can have a congealing point of from 30°C to 55°C (e.g., from 45°C to 51°C). In some examples, the wax can have a congealing point of from 40°C to 55°C (e.g., from 45°C to 51°C). The congealing point of the wax can be determined by any suitable method, such as those known in the art. In some examples, the congealing point of the wax is determined using the steps described in ASTM D 938. The wax can, for example, have a final boiling point of 300°F or more or 950°F or more. In some examples, the wax can have a final boiling point of 1,300°F or less. The final boiling point of the wax can range from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above. For example, the wax can have a final boiling point of from 300°F to 1,300°F (e.g., from 650°F to 1,300°F, from 750°F to 1,300°F, or from 950°F to 1,300°F). In some examples, the wax can have a final boiling point of 950°F to 1,300°F (e.g., from 950°F to 1,250°F, from 1,100°F to 1,250°F, or from 995°F to 1,235°F). The final boiling point of the wax can be determined by any suitable method, such as those known in the art. In some examples, the final boiling point of the wax is determined using the steps described in ASTM D 7169. The wax can, for example, have a pour point of 30°F or more. In some examples, the wax can have a pour point of 150°F or less or 60°F or less. The pour point of the wax can range from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above. For example, the wax can have a pour point of from 30°F to 150°F (e.g., from 50°F to 130°F, from 30°F to 100°F, from 30°F to 80°F, or from 30°F to 60°F). In some examples, the wax can have a pour point of from 30°F to 60°F (e.g., from 30°F to 55°F, from 33°F to 52°F, or from 45°F to 60°F). The pour point of the wax can be determined by any suitable method, such as those known in the art. In some examples, the pour point of the wax is determined using the steps described in ASTM D 97. In some examples, the wax can include one or more contaminants. Contaminants can, for example, comprise an alkali metal, an alkaline earth metal, a transition metal, a basic metal, a semimetal, a nonmetal, a halogen, a salt or compound thereof, or a combination thereof. Examples of contaminants include, but are not limited to, lithium, sodium, beryllium, magnesium, calcium, strontium, titanium, vanadium, chromium, manganese, iron, cobalt, nickel, copper, zinc, molybdenum, cadmium, mercury, aluminum, titanium silicon, tin, lead, nitrogen, phosphorus, arsenic, antimony, oxygen, sulfur, selenium, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, compounds thereof, and combinations thereof. In some examples, the wax includes a contaminant comprising chloride, nitrogen, silicon, sodium, iron, phosphorus, sulfur, calcium, nickel, copper, vanadium, or a combination thereof. Contaminants are introduced during plastic formulation and manufacturing processes during the first life of plastic and may also be introduced during the sourcing and collection of plastics. For example, chloride sources in used plastics can comprise PVDC layers. PVDC is often used as a layer or coating in food and pharmaceutical packaging applications because it provides excellent barrier properties against moisture, UV light, acids, salts, and detergents as well as having good transparency. Despite design for recyclability formulation changes, PVDC is forecasted to increase at 3.2% annually through 2028 in the US. Packaging converters produce a range of monolayer and multi-layer packaging. Both types can become mixed in recycled streams. Post-consumer sources will contain higher volumes of materials containing chloride sources that can be difficult to differentiate and remove through standard sorting techniques. Nitrogen sources in used plastics can, for example, be derived from pyrolysis of nylon (e.g., Nylon 6 (PA-6), Nylon-66 (PA-66) in used plastic sources, often from food and industrial packaging materials. Nylon is used in multi-layer flexible packing films to protect oxygen-sensitive foods or when excellent oil and grease resistance and high mechanical strength are required, such as for processed meats and fish, and cheese and other dairy products. Nylon also provides a wide cold to hot temperature range (e.g., -60°C to 150°C), which enables foods to move through freezer to the microwave / oven without packaging degradation. In industrial packaging, nylon is often used as a reinforcing layer to provide high mechanical strength and excellent abrasion and puncture resistance (for example, in polypropylene supersacks that contain a nylon interlayer or straps). Nitrogen can also come from protein (food) residue on plastics that arises from the amino acids in decomposed protein. Post-consumer sources will contain higher volumes of materials containing nitrogen sources that can be difficult to differentiate and remove through standard sorting techniques. Silicon sources in used plastics can, for example, comprise silica desiccant packages. In food packaging and processing plants, silicon products are widely used as release agents in a wide variety of materials and equipment, leaving residue on plastic surfaces. Silicon is also an additive that can be added to a wide range of materials to change the appearance, extrusion properties, and / or end-product characteristics; this applies to films as well as two-dimensional plastics. Post-consumer sources will contain higher volumes of materials containing silicon sources that can be difficult to differentiate and remove through standard sorting techniques. Silicon dioxide (SiO2) can be applied in a very thin coating to plastics, specifically polyethylene, polypropylene, and / or polystyrene, to act as a barrier layer to improve the shelf life of oxygen and moisture sensitive food. This thin coating can be applied by a vacuum or plasma deposition process; the barrier layer and the plastic forms a covalent bond. The SiO2 barrier coatings are chemically inert and enable benefits in rigid and flexible food packaging applications, including, but not limited to, reducing oxygen and moisture permeability of plastics, ensuring aroma protection and retention of the smell and taste of contents, not sensitive to fluctuations in temperature and humidity, well-suited for pasteurization and sterilization processes, and can increase shelf life of foods without the addition of preservatives. The SiO2coatings are thin, e.g. significantly thinner than a human hair, and therefore have a negligible impact on the packing weight. For this reason, coated packaging is considered a mono-material that can be mechanically recycled. Recyclability initiatives are promoting the use of SiO2coatings as a replacement for PVDC and Nylon barriers in flexible and rigid packaging. Although these guidelines are intended for mechanically recycled plastics, several packaging forms and formulations are better suited for pyrolysis-based advanced recycling. SiO2 coatings have the potential to accumulate and carry forward into each successive application (e.g., when used in rigid and flexible polyethylene and polypropylene plastics that are mechanically recycled initially, which, after a few cycles, will then eventually become the used plastic feedstocks for advanced recycling). Phosphorus-containing flame retardants are widely used in plastics where its rapid oxidation consumes all the oxygen present, thereby stopping the fire. Plastics commonly containing these flame retardants include, but are not limited to, engineered plastics, polyurethane foams, polyamides (e.g., nylon) and glass-fiber reinforced nylon, polyethylene and EVA co-polymers, and intumescent coatings on foams and polypropylene textiles. Phosphate esters are also used as flame retardant plasticizers in PVC, high impact polystyrene (HIPS), polycarbonate (PC), and acrylonitrile butadiene styrene (ABS). Phosphorus sources also include agricultural applications, such as residual glyphosate in HDPE containers and residual phosphorus fertilizers on ground-level films (e.g., mulch films). Post-consumer sources will contain higher volumes of materials containing phosphorus sources that can be difficult to differentiate and remove through standard sorting techniques. Sources of sulfur, calcium, sodium, iron, phosphorus, or a combination thereof are additives, surface residues, and residual contamination of the incoming post-consumer and / or post-industrial plastics. A wash step can potentially remove certain surface residues, but would add cost and complexity to the advanced (e.g., pyrolysis based) recycling process. Accordingly, post-consumer sources will contain higher volumes of materials containing sources of sulfur, calcium, sodium, iron, phosphorus, or a combination thereof that can be difficult to differentiate and remove through standard sorting techniques. Copper alloys are commonly and increasingly used to create molds for plastic injection molding processes due to their high thermal conductivity that removes hot spots, reduces warpage and reduces cycle time, ease of machining by a variety of processes, and corrosion resistance to water, cooling fluids and the plastics being injected. Copper alloys often contain nickel and silicon. Plastics manufactured in copper alloy molds can have residual amounts of copper, nickel, and silicon on their surface. In addition, the plating of plastic with nickel and copper can be an effective means of protecting a substrate against corrosion from environmental exposure and make it more resistant to damage from chemicals used in the manufacturing process. In some instances, the plating on plastic can increase the hardness, strength, and wear resistance of the substrate. The presence of copper and nickel on the surface of both pre-consumer and post-consumer sources can be difficult to differentiate and remove through standard sorting techniques. In some examples, the wax has a total chloride content of 50 ppm or less (e.g., 45 ppm or less, 40 ppm or less, 35 ppm or less, 30 ppm or less, 25 ppm or less, 20 ppm or less, 15 ppm or less, 10 ppm or less, 9 ppm or less, 8 ppm or less, 7 ppm or less, 6 ppm or less, 5 ppm or less, 4.5 ppm or less, 4 ppm or less, 3.5 ppm or less, 3 ppm or less, 2.5 ppm or less, 2 ppm or less, 1.5 ppm or less, 1 ppm or less, 0.75 ppm or less, 0.5 ppm or less, 0.25 ppm or less, 0.1 ppm or less, 0.075 ppm or less, 0.05 ppm or less, 0.025 ppm or less, 0.01 ppm or less, 0.0075 ppm or less, or 0.005 ppm or less). In some examples, the wax is substantially free of chlorides. The total chloride content of the wax can be determined by any suitable method, such as those known in the art. In some examples, the total chloride content of the wax is determined using the steps described in ASTM D 7359. In some examples, the wax has a nitrogen content of 300 ppm or less (e.g., 275 ppm or less, 250 ppm or less, 225 ppm or less, 200 ppm or less, 175 ppm or less, 150 ppm or less, 125 ppm or less, 100 ppm or less, 75 ppm or less, 50 ppm or less, 45 ppm or less, 40 ppm or less, 35 ppm or less, 30 ppm or less, 25 ppm or less, 20 ppm or less, 15 ppm or less, 10 ppm or less, 9 ppm or less, 8 ppm or less, 7 ppm or less, 6 ppm or less, 5 ppm or less, 4.5 ppm or less, 4 ppm or less, 3.5 ppm or less, 3 ppm or less, 2.5 ppm or less, 2 ppm or less, 1.5 ppm or less, 1 ppm or less, 0.75 ppm or less, 0.5 ppm or less, 0.25 ppm or less, 0.1 ppm or less, 0.075 ppm or less, 0.05 ppm or less, 0.025 ppm or less, 0.01 ppm or less, 0.0075 ppm or less, or 0.005 ppm or less). In some examples, the wax is substantially free of nitrogen. The nitrogen content of the wax can be determined using any suitable method, such as those known in the art. In some examples, the nitrogen content of the wax is determined using the steps described in ASTM D 4629. The wax can, for example, have a silicon content of 125 ppm or less (e.g., 100 ppm or less, 75 ppm or less, 50 ppm or less, 45 ppm or less, 40 ppm or less, 35 ppm or less, 30 ppm or less, 25 ppm or less, 20 ppm or less, 15 ppm or less, 10 ppm or less, 9 ppm or less, 8 ppm or less, 7 ppm or less, 6 ppm or less, 5 ppm or less, 4.5 ppm or less, 4 ppm or less, 3.5 ppm or less, 3 ppm or less, 2.5 ppm or less, 2 ppm or less, 1.5 ppm or less, 1 ppm or less, 0.75 ppm or less, 0.5 ppm or less, 0.25 ppm or less, 0.1 ppm or less, 0.075 ppm or less, 0.05 ppm or less, 0.025 ppm or less, 0.01 ppm or less, 0.0075 ppm or less, or 0.005 ppm or less). In some examples, the wax is substantially free of silicon. The silicon content of the wax can be determined using any suitable method, such as those known in the art. In some examples the silicon content of the wax is determined using the steps described in ASTM D 5185. The wax can, for example, have a sodium content of 150 ppm or less (e.g., 125 ppm or less, 100 ppm or less, 75 ppm or less, 50 ppm or less, 45 ppm or less, 40 ppm or less, 35 ppm or less, 30 ppm or less, 25 ppm or less, 20 ppm or less, 15 ppm or less, 10 ppm or less, 9 ppm or less, 8 ppm or less, 7 ppm or less, 6 ppm or less, 5 ppm or less, 4.5 ppm or less, 4 ppm or less, 3.5 ppm or less, 3 ppm or less, 2.5 ppm or less, 2 ppm or less, 1.5 ppm or less, 1 ppm or less, 0.75 ppm or less, 0.5 ppm or less, 0.25 ppm or less, 0.1 ppm or less, 0.075 ppm or less, 0.05 ppm or less, 0.025 ppm or less, 0.01 ppm or less, 0.0075 ppm or less, or 0.005 ppm or less). In some examples, the wax is substantially free of sodium. The sodium content of the wax can be determined by any suitable method, such as those known in the art. In some examples, the sodium content of the wax is determined using the steps described in ASTM D 5185. The wax can, for example, have an iron content of 10 ppm or less (e.g., 9 ppm or less, 8 ppm or less, 7 ppm or less, 6 ppm or less, 5 ppm or less, 4.5 ppm or less, 4 ppm or less, 3.5 ppm or less, 3 ppm or less, 2.5 ppm or less, 2 ppm or less, 1.5 ppm or less, 1 ppm or less, 0.75 ppm or less, 0.5 ppm or less, 0.25 ppm or less, 0.1 ppm or less, 0.075 ppm or less, 0.05 ppm or less, 0.025 ppm or less, 0.01 ppm or less, 0.0075 ppm or less, or 0.005 ppm or less). In some examples, the wax is substantially free of iron. The iron content of the wax can be determined using any suitable method, such as those known in the art. In some examples the iron content of the wax is determined using the steps described in ASTM D 5185. The wax can, for example, have a phosphorus content of 50 ppm or less (e.g., 45 ppm or less, 40 ppm or less, 35 ppm or less, 30 ppm or less, 25 ppm or less, 20 ppm or less, 15 ppm or less, 10 ppm or less, 9 ppm or less, 8 ppm or less, 7 ppm or less, 6 ppm or less, 5 ppm or less, 4.5 ppm or less, 4 ppm or less, 3.5 ppm or less, 3 ppm or less, 2.5 ppm or less, 2 ppm or less, 1.5 ppm or less, 1 ppm or less, 0.75 ppm or less, 0.5 ppm or less, 0.25 ppm or less, 0.1 ppm or less, 0.075 ppm or less, 0.05 ppm or less, 0.025 ppm or less, 0.01 ppm or less, 0.0075 ppm or less, or 0.005 ppm or less). In some examples, the wax can be substantially free of phosphorus. The phosphorus content of the wax can be determined using any suitable method, such as those known in the art. In some examples, the phosphorous content of the wax is determined using the steps described in ASTM D 5185. The wax can, for example, have a sulfur content of 500 ppm or less (e.g., 475 ppm or less, 450 ppm or less, 425 ppm or less, 400 ppm or less, 375 ppm or less, 350 ppm or less, 325 ppm or less, 300 ppm or less, 275 ppm or less, 250 ppm or less, 225 ppm or less, 200 ppm or less, 175 ppm or less, 150 ppm or less, 125 ppm or less, 100 ppm or less, 75 ppm or less, 50 ppm or less, 45 ppm or less, 40 ppm or less, 35 ppm or less, 30 ppm or less, 25 ppm or less, 20 ppm or less, 15 ppm or less, 10 ppm or less, 9 ppm or less, 8 ppm or less, 7 ppm or less, 6 ppm or less, 5 ppm or less, 4.5 ppm or less, 4 ppm or less, 3.5 ppm or less, 3 ppm or less, 2.5 ppm or less, 2 ppm or less, 1.5 ppm or less, 1 ppm or less, 0.75 ppm or less, 0.5 ppm or less, 0.25 ppm or less, 0.1 ppm or less, 0.075 ppm or less, 0.05 ppm or less, 0.025 ppm or less, 0.01 ppm or less, 0.0075 ppm or less, or 0.005 ppm or less). In some examples, the wax can be substantially free of sulfur. The sulfur content of the wax can be determined by any suitable methods, such as those known in the art. In some examples, the sulfur content of the wax is determined using the steps described in ASTM D 4294. The wax can, for example, have a calcium content of 50 ppm or less (e.g., 45 ppm or less, 40 ppm or less, 35 ppm or less, 30 ppm or less, 25 ppm or less, 20 ppm or less, 15 ppm or less, 10 ppm or less, 9 ppm or less, 8 ppm or less, 7 ppm or less, 6 ppm or less, 5 ppm or less, 4.5 ppm or less, 4 ppm or less, 3.5 ppm or less, 3 ppm or less, 2.5 ppm or less, 2 ppm or less, 1.5 ppm or less, 1 ppm or less, 0.75 ppm or less, 0.5 ppm or less, 0.25 ppm or less, 0.1 ppm or less, 0.075 ppm or less, 0.05 ppm or less, 0.025 ppm or less, 0.01 ppm or less, 0.0075 ppm or less, or 0.005 ppm or less). In some examples, the wax can be substantially free of calcium. The calcium content of the wax can be determined using any suitable methods, such as those known in the art. In some examples, the calcium content of the wax is determined using the steps described in ASTM D 5185. The wax can, for example, have a copper content of 10 ppm or less (e.g., 9 ppm or less, 8 ppm or less, 7 ppm or less, 6 ppm or less, 5 ppm or less, 4.5 ppm or less, 4 ppm or less, 3.5 ppm or less, 3 ppm or less, 2.5 ppm or less, 2 ppm or less, 1.5 ppm or less, 1 ppm or less, 0.75 ppm or less, 0.5 ppm or less, 0.25 ppm or less, 0.1 ppm or less, 0.075 ppm or less, 0.05 ppm or less, 0.025 ppm or less, 0.01 ppm or less, 0.0075 ppm or less, or 0.005 ppm or less). In some examples, the wax can be substantially free of copper. The copper content of the wax can be determined using any suitable method, such as those known in the art. In some examples, the copper content of the wax is determined using the steps described in ASTM D 5185. The wax can, for example, have a nickel content of 100 ppm or less (e.g., 95 ppm or less, 90 ppm or less, 85 ppm or less, 80 ppm or less, 75 ppm or less, 70 ppm or less, 65 ppm or less, 60 ppm or less, 55 ppm or less, 50 ppm or less, 45 ppm or less, 40 ppm or less, 35 ppm or less, 30 ppm or less, 25 ppm or less, 20 ppm or less, 15 ppm or less, 10 ppm or less, 9 ppm or less, 8 ppm or less, 7 ppm or less, 6 ppm or less, 5 ppm or less, 4.5 ppm or less, 4 ppm or less, 3.5 ppm or less, 3 ppm or less, 2.5 ppm or less, 2 ppm or less, 1.5 ppm or less, 1 ppm or less, 0.75 ppm or less, 0.5 ppm or less, 0.25 ppm or less, 0.1 ppm or less, 0.075 ppm or less, 0.05 ppm or less, 0.025 ppm or less, 0.01 ppm or less, 0.0075 ppm or less, or 0.005 ppm or less). In some examples, the wax can be substantially free of nickel. The nickel content of the wax can be determined using any suitable method, such as those known in the art. In some examples, the nickel content is determined using the steps described in ASTM D 5185. The wax can, for example, have a vanadium content of 25 ppm or less (e.g., 20 ppm or less, 15 ppm or less, 10 ppm or less, 9 ppm or less, 8 ppm or less, 7 ppm or less, 6 ppm or less, 5 ppm or less, 4.5 ppm or less, 4 ppm or less, 3.5 ppm or less, 3 ppm or less, 2.5 ppm or less, 2 ppm or less, 1.5 ppm or less, 1 ppm or less, 0.75 ppm or less, 0.5 ppm or less, 0.25 ppm or less, 0.1 ppm or less, 0.075 ppm or less, 0.05 ppm or less, 0.025 ppm or less, 0.01 ppm or less, 0.0075 ppm or less, or 0.005 ppm or less). In some examples, the wax can be substantially free of vanadium. The vanadium content of the wax can be determined using any suitable method, such as those known in the art. In some examples, the vanadium content of the wax is determined using the steps described in ASTM D 5185. In some examples, the wax has a total chloride content of 50 ppm or less; a nitrogen content of 300 ppm or less; and a silicon content of 125 ppm or less. In some examples, the wax has a total chloride content of 50 ppm or less; a nitrogen content of 300 ppm or less; a silicon content of 125 ppm or less; and a sodium content of 150 ppm or less. In some examples, the wax has a total chloride content of 50 ppm or less; a nitrogen content of 300 ppm or less; a silicon content of 125 ppm or less; a sodium content of 150 ppm or less; an iron content of 10 ppm or less; a sulfur content of 500 ppm or less; and a calcium content of 50 ppm or less. In some examples, the wax has a total chloride content of 50 ppm or less; a nitrogen content of 300 ppm or less; a silicon content of 125 ppm or less; a sodium content of 150 ppm or less; an iron content of 10 ppm or less; a phosphorus content of 50 ppm or less; a sulfur content of 500 ppm or less; and a calcium content of 50 ppm or less. In some examples, the wax has a total chloride content of 50 ppm or less; a nitrogen content of 300 ppm or less; a silicon content of 125 ppm or less; a sodium content of 150 ppm or less; an iron content of 10 ppm or less; a phosphorus content of 50 ppm or less; a sulfur content of 500 ppm or less; a calcium content of 50 ppm or less; a copper content of 10 ppm or less; a nickel content of 100 ppm or less; and a vanadium content of 25 ppm or less. In some examples, the wax has a total chloride content of 25 ppm or less; a nitrogen content of 300 ppm or less; and a silicon content of 100 ppm or less. In some examples, the wax has a total chloride content of 25 ppm or less; a nitrogen content of 300 ppm or less; a silicon content of 100 ppm or less; and a sodium content of 10 ppm or less. In some examples, the wax has a total chloride content of 25 ppm or less; a nitrogen content of 300 ppm or less; a silicon content of 100 ppm or less; a sodium content of 10 ppm or less; an iron content of 10 ppm or less; a sulfur content of 10 ppm or less; and a calcium content of 5 ppm or less. In some examples, the wax has a total chloride content of 25 ppm or less; a nitrogen content of 300 ppm or less; a silicon content of 100 ppm or less; a sodium content of 10 ppm or less; an iron content of 10 ppm or less; a phosphorus content of 50 ppm or less; a sulfur content of 10 ppm or less; and a calcium content of 5 ppm or less. In some examples, the wax has a total chloride content of 25 ppm or less; a nitrogen content of 300 ppm or less; a silicon content of 100 ppm or less; a sodium content of 10 ppm or less; an iron content of 10 ppm or less; a phosphorus content of 50 ppm or less; a sulfur content of 10 ppm or less; a calcium content of 5 ppm or less; a copper content of 10 ppm or less; a nickel content of 100 ppm or less; and a vanadium content of 25 ppm or less. The wax can, for example, have a Gardner color of 2 or more. In some examples, the wax can have a Gardner color of 8 or less. The Gardner color of the wax can range from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above. For example, the wax can have a Gardner color of from 2 to 8 (e.g., from 2.5 to 8, or from 6.5 to 8). The Gardner color of the wax can be determined using any suitable method, such as those known in the art. In some examples, the Gardner color of the wax is determined using the steps described in ASTM D 1500. The wax can, for example, have an oil content of 5% or more by weight (e.g., 10% or more, 15% or more, 20% or more, 25% or more, 30% or more, 35% or more, or 40% or more). In some examples, the wax can have an oil content of 50% or less (e.g., 45% or less, 40% or less, 35% or less, 30% or less, 25% or less, 20% or less, 15% or less, or 10% or less). The oil content of the wax can range from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above. For example, the wax can have an oil content of from 5% to 50% (e.g., from 5% to 25%, from 25% to 50%, from 5% to 15%, from 10% to 15%, from 15% to 20%, from 20% to 25%, from 25% to 30%, from 30% to 35%, from 35% to 40%, from 40% to 45%, from 45% to 50%, from 5% to 45%, from 5% to 40%, from 5% to 35%, from 5% to 30%, from 5% to 20%, from 5% to 15%, from 10% to 50%, from 15% to 50%, from 20% to 50%, from 30% to 50%, from 35% to 50%, from 40% to 50%, from 10% to 45%, or from 25% to 45%). The oil content of the wax can be determined using any suitable method, for example those known in the art. In some examples, the oil content of the wax is determined using the steps described in ASTM D 721. The wax can, for example, have a Reid Vapor Pressure of 12.5 psig or less (e.g., 12 psig or less, 11.5 psig or less, 11 psig or less, 10.5 psig or less, 10 psig or less, 9.5 psig or less, 9 psig or less, 8.5 psig or less, 8 psig or less, 7.5 psig or less, 7 psig or less, 6.5 psig or less, 6 psig or less, 5.5 psig or less, 5 psig or less, 4.5 psig or less, 4 psig or less, 3.5 psig or less, 3 psig or less, or 2.5 psig or less). In some examples, the wax can have a Reid Vapor Pressure of 2 psig or more (e.g., 2.5 psig or more, 3 psig or more, 3.5 psig or more, 4 psig or more, 4.5 psig or more, 5 psig or more, 5.5 psig or more, 6 psig or more, 6.5 psig or more, 7 psig or more, 7.5 psig or more, 8 psig or more, 8.5 psig or more, 9 psig or more, 9.5 psig or more, 10 psig or more, 10.5 psig or more, or 11 psig or more). The Reid Vapor Pressure of the wax can range from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above. For example, the wax can have a Reid Vapor Pressure of from 2 to 12.5 psig (e.g., from 5 to 7 psig, from 7 to 12.5 psig, from 2 to 4 psig, from 4 to 6 psig, from 6 to 8 psig, from 8 to 10 psig, from 10 to 12.5 psig, from 2 to 12 psig, from 2 to 11 psig, from 2 to 10 psig, from 2 to 9 psig, from 2 to 8 psig, from 2 to 6 psig, from 2 to 5 psig, from 3 to 12.5 psig, from 4 to 12.5 psig, from 5 to 12.5 psig, from 6 to 12.5 psig, from 7 to 12.5 psig, from 8 to 12.5 psig, from 9 to 12.5 psig, from 3 to 12 psig, from 5 to 11 psig, or from 7 to 10 psig). The Reid Vapor Pressure of the wax can be determined using any suitable method, such as those known in the art. In some examples, the Reid Vapor Pressure of the wax is determined using the steps described in ASTM D 5191. The wax can, for example, have a water by distillation amount of 0.5 vol.% or less (e.g., 0.45 vol.% or less, 0.4 vol.% or less, 0.35 vol.% or less, 0.3 vol.% or less, 0.25 vol.% or less, 0.2 vol.% or less, 0.15 vol.% or less, 0.1 vol.% or less, 0.075 vol.% or less, 0.05 vol.% or less, 0.025 vol.% or less, or 0.01 vol.% or less). In some examples, the wax can have a water by distillation amount of 0 vol.% or more (e.g., 0.01 vol.% or more, 0.025 vol.% or more, 0.05 vol.% or more, 0.075 vol.% or more, 0.1 vol.% or more, 0.15 vol.% or more, 0.2 vol.% or more, 0.25 vol.% or more, 0.3 vol.% or more, 0.35 vol.% or more, or 0.4 vol.% or more). The amount of water by distillation in the wax can range from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above. For example, the wax can have a water by distillation amount of from 0 to 0.5 vol.% (e.g., from 0 to 0.25 vol.%, from 0.25 to 0.5 vol.%, from 0 to 0.1 vol.%, from 0.1 to 0.2 vol.%, from 0.2 to 0.3 vol.%, from 0.3 to 0.4 vol.%, from 0.4 to 0.5 vol.%, from 0 to 0.4 vol.%, from 0 to 0.3 vol.%, from 0 to 0.2 vol.%, from 0 to 0.05 vol.%, or from 0 to 0.01 vol.%). The amount of water by distillation in the wax can be determined by any suitable method, such as those known in the art. In some examples, the water by distillation amount in the wax is determined using the steps described in ASTM D 95. The wax can, for example, have a total sediment content of 0.5 vol.% or less (e.g., 0.45 vol.% or less, 0.4 vol.% or less, 0.35 vol.% or less, 0.3 vol.% or less, 0.25 vol.% or less, 0.2 vol.% or less, 0.15 vol.% or less, 0.1 vol.% or less, 0.075 vol.% or less, 0.05 vol.% or less, 0.025 vol.% or less, or 0.01 vol.% or less). In some examples, the wax can have a total sediment content of 0 vol.% or more (e.g., 0.01 vol.% or more, 0.025 vol.% or more, 0.05 vol.% or more, 0.075 vol.% or more, 0.1 vol.% or more, 0.15 vol.% or more, 0.2 vol.% or more, 0.25 vol.% or more, 0.3 vol.% or more, 0.35 vol.% or more, or 0.4 vol.% or more). The total sediment content of the wax can range from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above. For example, the wax can have a total sediment content of from 0 to 0.5 vol.% (e.g., from 0 to 0.25 vol.%, from 0.25 to 0.5 vol.%, from 0 to 0.1 vol.%, from 0.1 to 0.2 vol.%, from 0.2 to 0.3 vol.%, from 0.3 to 0.4 vol.%, from 0.4 to 0.5 vol.%, from 0 to 0.4 vol.%, from 0 to 0.3 vol.%, from 0 to 0.2 vol.%, from 0 to 0.05 vol.%, or from 0 to 0.01 vol.%). The total sediment content of the wax can be determined by any suitable method, such as those known in the art. In some examples, the total sediment content of the wax is determined using the steps described in ASTM D 4870. The wax can, for example, have an n-heptane insoluble content of 0.5 wt.% or less (e.g., 0.45 wt.% or less, 0.4 wt.% or less, 0.35 wt.% or less, 0.3 wt.% or less, 0.25 wt.% or less, 0.2 wt.% or less, 0.15 wt.% or less, 0.1 wt.% or less, 0.075 wt.% or less, 0.05 wt.% or less, 0.025 wt.% or less, or 0.01 wt.% or less). In some examples, the wax can have an n- heptane insoluble content of 0 wt.% or more (e.g., 0.01 wt.% or more, 0.025 wt.% or more, 0.05 wt.% or more, 0.075 wt.% or more, 0.1 wt.% or more, 0.15 wt.% or more, 0.2 wt.% or more, 0.25 wt.% or more, 0.3 wt.% or more, 0.35 wt.% or more, or 0.4 wt.% or more). The n- heptane insoluble content of the wax can range from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above. For example, the wax can have an n- heptane insoluble content of from 0 to 0.5 wt.% (e.g., from 0 to 0.25 wt.%, from 0.25 to 0.5 wt.%, from 0 to 0.1 wt.%, from 0.1 to 0.2 wt.%, from 0.2 to 0.3 wt.%, from 0.3 to 0.4 wt.%, from 0.4 to 0.5 wt.%, from 0 to 0.4 wt.%, from 0 to 0.3 wt.%, from 0 to 0.2 wt.%, from 0 to 0.05 wt.%, or from 0 to 0.01 wt.%). The n-heptane insoluble content of the wax can be determined by any suitable method, such as those known in the art. In some examples, the n- heptane insoluble content of the wax is determined using the steps described in ASTM D 3279. The wax can, for example, have a total acid number of 1 mg KOH / g or less (e.g., 0.9 mg KOH / g or less, 0.8 mg KOH / g or less, 0.7 mg KOH / g or less, 0.6 mg KOH / g or less, 0.5 mg KOH / g or less, 0.4 mg KOH / g or less, 0.3 mg KOH / g or less, 0.2 mg KOH / g or less, or 0.1 mg KOH / g or less). In some examples, the wax can have a total acid number of 0 mg KOH / g or more (e.g., 0.1 mg KOH / g or more, 0.2 mg KOH / g or more, 0.3 mg KOH / g or more, 0.4 mg KOH / g or more, 0.5 mg KOH / g or more, 0.6 mg KOH / g or more, 0.7 mg KOH / g or more, 0.8 mg KOH / g or more, or 0.9 mg KOH / g or more). The total acid number of the wax can range from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above. For example, the wax can have a total acid number of from 0 to 1 mg KOH / g (e.g., from 0 to 0.5 mg KOH / g, from 0.5 to 1 mg KOH / g, from 0 to 0.2 mg KOH / g, from 0.2 to 0.4 mg KOH / g, from 0.4 to 0.6 mg KOH / g, from 0.6 to 0.8 mg KOH / g, from 0.8 to 1 mg KOH / g, from 0 to 0.8 mg KOH / g, from 0 to 0.6 mg KOH / g, from 0 to 0.4 mg KOH / g, or from 0 to 0.1 mg KOH / g). The total acid number of the wax can be determined using any suitable method, such as those known in the art. In some examples, the total acid number of the wax is determined using the steps described in ASTM D 664. In some examples, the wax has a Reid Vapor Pressure of 12.5 psig or less; and a final boiling point of 300°F to 1,300°F. In some examples, the wax has a Reid Vapor Pressure of 12.5 psig or less; and a final boiling point of 950°F to 1,300°F. In some examples, the wax has a Reid Vapor Pressure of from 7 to 10 psig; and a final boiling point of from 995°F to 1,235°F. In some examples, the wax has a Reid Vapor Pressure of 12.5 psig or less; and a pour point of 30°F to 150°F. In some examples, the wax has a Reid Vapor Pressure of 12.5 psig or less; and a pour point of 30°F to 60°F. In some examples, the wax has a Reid Vapor Pressure of from 7 to 10 psig; and a pour point of from 33°F to 52°F. In some examples, the wax has a final boiling point of 300°F to 1,300°F; and a pour point of 30°F to 150°F. In some examples, the wax has a final boiling point of 950°F to 1,300°F; and a pour point of 30°F to 60°F. In some examples, the wax has a final boiling point of from 995°F to 1,235°F; and a pour point of from 33°F to 52°F. In some examples, the wax has a Reid Vapor Pressure of 12.5 psig or less; a final boiling point of 300°F to 1,300°F; and a pour point of 30°F to 150°F. In some examples, the wax has a Reid Vapor Pressure of 12.5 psig or less; a final boiling point of 950°F to 1,300°F; and a pour point of 30°F to 60°F. In some examples, the wax has a Reid Vapor Pressure of from 7 to 10 psig; a final boiling point of from 995°F to 1,235°F; and a pour point of from 33°F to 52°F. In some examples, the wax has a Reid Vapor Pressure of 12.5 psig or less; a final boiling point of 300°F to 1,300°F; a pour point of 30°F to 150°F; a total chloride content of 50 ppm or less; a nitrogen content of 300 ppm or less; a silicon content of 125 ppm or less; a sodium content of 150 ppm or less; an iron content of 10 ppm or less; a phosphorus content of 50 ppm or less; a sulfur content of 500 ppm or less; and a calcium content of 50 ppm or less. In some examples, the wax has a Reid Vapor Pressure of 12.5 psig or less; a final boiling point of 950°F to 1,300°F; a pour point of 30°F to 60°F; a total chloride content of 50 ppm or less; a nitrogen content of 300 ppm or less; a silicon content of 125 ppm or less; a sodium content of 150 ppm or less; an iron content of 10 ppm or less; a phosphorus content of 50 ppm or less; a sulfur content of 500 ppm or less; and a calcium content of 50 ppm or less. In some examples, the wax has a Reid Vapor Pressure of from 7 to 10 psig; a final boiling point of from 995°F to 1,235°F; a pour point of from 33°F to 52°F; a total chloride content of 25 ppm or less; a nitrogen content of 300 ppm or less; a silicon content of 100 ppm or less; a sodium content of 10 ppm or less; an iron content of 10 ppm or less; a phosphorus content of 50 ppm or less; a sulfur content of 10 ppm or less; and a calcium content of 5 ppm or less. In some examples, the wax is a raw pyrolysis product, meaning the wax is produced by a method that substantially excludes any hydrotreatment or further refining steps after pyrolysis. Oil Also disclosed herein are oils derived from pyrolysis of a feedstock comprising post- consumer and / or post-industrial plastics. In some examples, the oil can be produced via pyrolysis at an industrial scale. In some examples, the oil is liquid at ambient temperature and ambient pressure. In some examples, the oil comprises relatively short-chain hydrocarbons that are a liquid at ambient temperature and ambient pressure. The oil can, for example, have a number average molecular weight and / or a weight average molecular weight of 50 Daltons or more (e.g., 55 Daltons or more, 60 Daltons or more, 65 Daltons or more, 70 Daltons or more, 75 Daltons or more, 80 Daltons or more, 85 Daltons or more, 90 Daltons or more, 95 Daltons or more, 100 Daltons or more, 110 Daltons or more, 120 Daltons or more, 130 Daltons or more, 140 Daltons or more, 150 Daltons or more, 160 Daltons or more, 170 Daltons or more, 180 Daltons or more, 190 Daltons or more, 200 Daltons or more, 225 Daltons or more, 250 Daltons or more, 275 Daltons or more, 300 Daltons or more, or 325 Daltons or more). In some examples, the oil can have a number average molecular weight and / or a weight average molecular weight of 350 Daltons or less (e.g., 325 Daltons or less, 300 Daltons or less, 275 Daltons or less, 250 Daltons or less, 225 Daltons or less, 200 Daltons or less, 190 Daltons or less, 180 Daltons or less, 170 Daltons or less, 160 Daltons or less, 150 Daltons or less, 140 Daltons or less, 130 Daltons or less, 120 Daltons or less, 110 Daltons or less, 100 Daltons or less, 95 Daltons or less, 90 Daltons or less, 85 Daltons or less, 80 Daltons or less, 75 Daltons or less, 70 Daltons or less, 65 Daltons or less, or 60 Daltons or less). The number average molecular weight and / or a weight average molecular weight of the oil can range from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above. For example, the oil can have a number average molecular weight and / or a weight average molecular weight of from 50 to 350 Daltons (e.g., from 50 to 200 Daltons, from 200 to 350 Daltons, from 50 to 150 Daltons, from 150 to 250 Daltons, from 250 to 350 Daltons, from 50 to 300 Daltons, from 50 to 250 Daltons, from 50 to 100 Daltons, from 75 to 350 Daltons, from 100 to 350 Daltons, from 150 to 350 Daltons, from 300 to 350 Daltons, from 75 to 325 Daltons, or from 100 to 300 Daltons). In some examples, the oil can have a number average molecular weight and / or a weight average molecular weight of from 50 to 300 Daltons. In some examples, the oil can have a number average molecular weight and / or a weight average molecular weight of from 50 to 250 Daltons. The oil comprises a mixture of different hydrocarbons (e.g., linear, branched, cyclic, acyclic, saturated, unsaturated, aromatic, non-aromatic, etc.), any of which can optionally be substituted. In some examples, the oil comprises a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and 70% or more of the mixture (w / w) comprises C1-C20hydrocarbons (e.g., 71% or more, 72% or more, 73% or more, 74% or more, 75% or more, 76% or more, 77% or more, 78% or more, 79% or more, 80% or more, 81% or more, 82% or more, 83% or more, 84% or more, 85% or more, 86% or more, 87% or more, 88% or more, 89% or more, 90% or more, 90.5% or more, 91% or more, 91.5% or more, 92% or more, 92.5% or more, 93% or more, 93.5% or more, 94% or more, 94.5% or more, 95% or more, 95.5% or more, 96% or more, 96.5% or more, 97% or more, 97.5% or more, 98% or more, 98.5% or more, or 99% or more). In some examples, the oil comprises a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and 100% or less of the mixture (w / w) comprises C1-C20 hydrocarbons (e.g., 99.5% or less, 99% or less, 98.5% or less, 98% or less, 97.5% or less, 97% or less, 96.5% or less, 96% or less, 95.5% or less, 95% or less, 94.5% or less, 94% or less, 93.5% or less, 93% or less, 92.5% or less, 92% or less, 91.5% or less, 91% or less, 90.5% or less, 90% or less, 89% or less, 88% or less, 87% or less, 86% or less, 85% or less, 84% or less, 83% or less, 82% or less, 81% or less, 80% or less, 79% or less, 78% or less, 77% or less, 76% or less, 75% or less, 74% or less, 73% or less, 72% or less, or 71% or less). The amount of the mixture comprising C1-C20hydrocarbons can range from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above. For example, the oil comprises a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and from 70% to 100% of the mixture (w / w) can comprise C1-C20 hydrocarbons (e.g., from 70% to 85%, from 85% to 100%, from 70% to 80%, from 80% to 90%, from 90% to 100%, from 70% to 95%, from 70% to 90%, from 70% to 75%, from 75% to 100%, from 80% to 100%, or from 75% to 95%). In some examples, the oil comprises a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and from 90% to 100% of the mixture (w / w) can comprise C1-C20hydrocarbons (e.g., from 90% to 95%, from 95% to 100%, from 90% to 92%, from 92% to 94%, from 94% to 96%, from 96% to 98%, from 98% to 100%, from 90% to 98%, from 90% to 96%, from 90% to 94%, from 92% to 100%, from 94% to 100%, from 96% to 100%, from 91% to 99%, from 92% to 98%, or from 92% to 96%). The oil comprises a mixture of different hydrocarbons (e.g., linear, branched, cyclic, acyclic, saturated, unsaturated, aromatic, non-aromatic, etc.), any of which can optionally be substituted. In some examples, the oil comprises a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and 70% or more of the mixture (w / w) comprises C4-C20 hydrocarbons (e.g., 71% or more, 72% or more, 73% or more, 74% or more, 75% or more, 76% or more, 77% or more, 78% or more, 79% or more, 80% or more, 81% or more, 82% or more, 83% or more, 84% or more, 85% or more, 86% or more, 87% or more, 88% or more, 89% or more, 90% or more, 90.5% or more, 91% or more, 91.5% or more, 92% or more, 92.5% or more, 93% or more, 93.5% or more, 94% or more, 94.5% or more, 95% or more, 95.5% or more, 96% or more, 96.5% or more, 97% or more, 97.5% or more, 98% or more, 98.5% or more, or 99% or more). In some examples, the oil comprises a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and 100% or less of the mixture (w / w) comprises C4-C20 hydrocarbons (e.g., 99.5% or less, 99% or less, 98.5% or less, 98% or less, 97.5% or less, 97% or less, 96.5% or less, 96% or less, 95.5% or less, 95% or less, 94.5% or less, 94% or less, 93.5% or less, 93% or less, 92.5% or less, 92% or less, 91.5% or less, 91% or less, 90.5% or less, 90% or less, 89% or less, 88% or less, 87% or less, 86% or less, 85% or less, 84% or less, 83% or less, 82% or less, 81% or less, 80% or less, 79% or less, 78% or less, 77% or less, 76% or less, 75% or less, 74% or less, 73% or less, 72% or less, or 71% or less). The amount of the mixture comprising C4-C20hydrocarbons can range from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above. For example, the oil comprises a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and from 70% to 100% of the mixture (w / w) can comprise C4-C20 hydrocarbons (e.g., from 70% to 85%, from 85% to 100%, from 70% to 80%, from 80% to 90%, from 90% to 100%, from 70% to 95%, from 70% to 90%, from 70% to 75%, from 75% to 100%, from 80% to 100%, or from 75% to 95%). In some examples, the oil comprises a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and from 90% to 100% of the mixture (w / w) can comprise C4-C20 hydrocarbons (e.g., from 90% to 95%, from 95% to 100%, from 90% to 92%, from 92% to 94%, from 94% to 96%, from 96% to 98%, from 98% to 100%, from 90% to 98%, from 90% to 96%, from 90% to 94%, from 92% to 100%, from 94% to 100%, from 96% to 100%, from 91% to 99%, from 92% to 98%, or from 92% to 96%). The oil comprises a mixture of different hydrocarbons (e.g., linear, branched, cyclic, acyclic, saturated, unsaturated, aromatic, non-aromatic, etc.), any of which can optionally be substituted. In some examples, the oil comprises a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and 70% or more of the mixture (w / w) comprises C4-C29 hydrocarbons (e.g., 71% or more, 72% or more, 73% or more, 74% or more, 75% or more, 76% or more, 77% or more, 78% or more, 79% or more, 80% or more, 81% or more, 82% or more, 83% or more, 84% or more, 85% or more, 86% or more, 87% or more, 88% or more, 89% or more, 90% or more, 90.5% or more, 91% or more, 91.5% or more, 92% or more, 92.5% or more, 93% or more, 93.5% or more, 94% or more, 94.5% or more, 95% or more, 95.5% or more, 96% or more, 96.5% or more, 97% or more, 97.5% or more, 98% or more, 98.5% or more, or 99% or more). In some examples, the oil comprises a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and 100% or less of the mixture (w / w) comprises C4-C29hydrocarbons (e.g., 99.5% or less, 99% or less, 98.5% or less, 98% or less, 97.5% or less, 97% or less, 96.5% or less, 96% or less, 95.5% or less, 95% or less, 94.5% or less, 94% or less, 93.5% or less, 93% or less, 92.5% or less, 92% or less, 91.5% or less, 91% or less, 90.5% or less, 90% or less, 89% or less, 88% or less, 87% or less, 86% or less, 85% or less, 84% or less, 83% or less, 82% or less, 81% or less, 80% or less, 79% or less, 78% or less, 77% or less, 76% or less, 75% or less, 74% or less, 73% or less, 72% or less, or 71% or less). The amount of the mixture comprising C4-C29 hydrocarbons can range from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above. For example, the oil comprises a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and from 70% to 100% of the mixture (w / w) can comprise C4-C29hydrocarbons (e.g., from 70% to 85%, from 85% to 100%, from 70% to 80%, from 80% to 90%, from 90% to 100%, from 70% to 95%, from 70% to 90%, from 70% to 75%, from 75% to 100%, from 80% to 100%, or from 75% to 95%). In some examples, the oil comprises a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and from 90% to 100% of the mixture (w / w) can comprise C4-C29 hydrocarbons (e.g., from 90% to 95%, from 95% to 100%, from 90% to 92%, from 92% to 94%, from 94% to 96%, from 96% to 98%, from 98% to 100%, from 90% to 98%, from 90% to 96%, from 90% to 94%, from 92% to 100%, from 94% to 100%, from 96% to 100%, from 91% to 99%, from 92% to 98%, or from 92% to 96%). In some examples, the oil comprises a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and 0% or more of the mixture (w / w) can comprise C12- C29hydrocarbons (e.g., 0.5% or more, 1% or more, 1.5% or more, 2% or more, 2.5% or more, 3% or more, 3.5% or more, 4% or more, 4.5% or more, 5% or more, 5.5% or more, 6% or more, 6.5% or more, 7% or more, 7.5% or more, 8% or more, 8.5% or more, 9% or more, 9.5% or more, 10% or more, 11% or more, 12% or more, 13% or more, 14% or more, 15% or more, 20% or more, 25% or more, 30% or more, 35% or more, 40% or more, 45% or more, 50% or more, 55% or more, 60% or more, or 65% or more). In some examples, the oil comprises a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and 70% or less of the mixture (w / w) can comprise C12-C29 hydrocarbons (e.g., 65% or less, 60% or less, 55% or less, 50% or less, 45% or less, 40% or less, 35% or less, 30% or less, 25% or less, 20% or less, 15% or less, 14% or less, 13% or less, 12% or less, 11% or less, 10% or less, 9.5% or less, 9% or less, 8.5% or less, 8% or less, 7.5% or less, 7% or less, 6.5% or less, 6% or less, 5.5% or less, 5% or less, 4.5% or less, 4% or less, 3.5% or less, 3% or less, 2.5% or less, 2% or less, 1.5% or less, or 1% or less). The amount of the mixture comprising C12-C29hydrocarbons can range from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above. For example, the oil comprises a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and from 0% to 70% of the mixture (w / w) can comprise C12-C29 hydrocarbons (e.g., from 0% to 35%, from 35% to 70%, from 0% to 25%, from 25% to 50%, from 50% to 70%, from 0% to 60%, from 0% to 50%, from 0% to 40%, from 0% to 30%, from 0% to 20%, from 0% to 10%, from 0% to 5%, from 1% to 70%, from 5% to 70%, from 10% to 70%, from 20% to 70%, from 30% to 70%, from 40% to 70%, from 60% to 70%, from 5% to 65%, from 10% to 60%, or from 40% to 60%). In some examples, the oil comprises a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and from 0% to 10% of the mixture (w / w) can comprise C12-C29hydrocarbons (e.g., from 0% to 5%, from 5% to 10%, from 0% to 2%, from 2% to 4%, from 4% to 6%, from 6% to 8%, from 8% to 10%, from 0% to 8%, from 0% to 6%, from 0% to 4%, from 1% to 10%, from 2% to 10%, from 4% to 10%, from 6% to 10%, from 0.5% to 9.5%, from 1% to 9%, or from 2% to 8%). In some examples, the oil comprises a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and 25% or more of the mixture (w / w) comprises C1-C8 hydrocarbons (e.g., 25.5% or more, 26% or more, 26.5% or more, 27% or more, 27.5% or more, 28% or more, 28.5% or more, 29% or more, 29.5% or more, 30% or more, 30.5% or more, 31% or more, 31.5% or more, 32% or more, 32.5% or more, 33% or more, 33.5% or more, or 34% or more). In some examples, the oil comprises a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and 35% or less of the mixture (w / w) comprises C1-C8hydrocarbons (e.g., 34.5% or less, 34% or less, 33.5% or less, 33% or less, 32.5% or less, 32% or less, 31.5% or less, 31% or less, 30.5% or less, 30% or less, 29.5% or less, 29% or less, 28.5% or less, 28% or less, 27.5% or less, 27% or less, 26.5% or less, or 26% or less). The amount of the mixture comprising C1-C8 hydrocarbon can range from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above. For example, the oil comprises a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and from 25% to 35% of the mixture (w / w) can comprise C1-C8 hydrocarbons (e.g., from 25% to 30%, from 30% to 35%, from 25% to 27%, from 27% to 29%, from 29% to 31%, from 31% to 33%, from 33% to 35%, from 25% to 33%, from 25% to 31%, from 25% to 29%, from 27% to 35%, from 29% to 35%, from 31% to 35%, from 25.5% to 34.5%, or from 26% to 34%). In some examples, the oil comprises a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and 25% or more of the mixture (w / w) comprises C4-C8hydrocarbons (e.g., 25.5% or more, 26% or more, 26.5% or more, 27% or more, 27.5% or more, 28% or more, 28.5% or more, 29% or more, 29.5% or more, 30% or more, 30.5% or more, 31% or more, 31.5% or more, 32% or more, 32.5% or more, 33% or more, 33.5% or more, or 34% or more). In some examples, the oil comprises a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and 35% or less of the mixture (w / w) comprises C4-C8 hydrocarbons (e.g., 34.5% or less, 34% or less, 33.5% or less, 33% or less, 32.5% or less, 32% or less, 31.5% or less, 31% or less, 30.5% or less, 30% or less, 29.5% or less, 29% or less, 28.5% or less, 28% or less, 27.5% or less, 27% or less, 26.5% or less, or 26% or less). The amount of the mixture comprising C4-C8hydrocarbon can range from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above. For example, the oil comprises a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and from 25% to 35% of the mixture (w / w) can comprise C4-C8hydrocarbons (e.g., from 25% to 30%, from 30% to 35%, from 25% to 27%, from 27% to 29%, from 29% to 31%, from 31% to 33%, from 33% to 35%, from 25% to 33%, from 25% to 31%, from 25% to 29%, from 27% to 35%, from 29% to 35%, from 31% to 35%, from 25.5% to 34.5%, or from 26% to 34%). In some examples, the oil comprises a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and 50% or more of the mixture (w / w) can comprise C9- C20 hydrocarbons (e.g., 50.5% or more, 51% or more, 51.5% or more, 52% or more, 52.5% or more, 53% or more, 53.5% or more, 54% or more, 54.5% or more, 55% or more, 55.5% or more, 56% or more, 56.5% or more, 57% or more, 57.5% or more, 58% or more, 58.5% or more, 59% or more, 59.5% or more, 60% or more, 60.5% or more, 61% or more, 61.5% or more, 62% or more, 62.5% or more, 63% or more, 63.5% or more, 64% or more, 64.5% or more, 65% or more, 65.5% or more, 66% or more, 66.5% or more, 67% or more, 67.5% or more, 68% or more, 68.5% or more, 69% or more, 69.5% or more, 70% or more, 70.5% or more, 71% or more, 71.5% or more, 72% or more, 72.5% or more, 73% or more, 73.5% or more, or 74% or more). In some examples, the oil comprises a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and 75% or less of the mixture (w / w) can comprise C9-C20 hydrocarbons (e.g., 74.5% or less, 74% or less, 73.5% or less, 73% or less, 72.5% or less, 72% or less, 71.5% or less, 71% or less, 70.5% or less, 70% or less, 69.5% or less, 69% or less, 68.5% or less, 68% or less, 67.5% or less, 67% or less, 66.5% or less, 66% or less, 65.5% or less, 65% or less, 64.5% or less, 64% or less, 63.5% or less, 63% or less, 62.5% or less, 62% or less, 61.5% or less, 61% or less, 60.5% or less, 60% or less, 59.5% or less, 59% or less, 58.5% or less, 58% or less, 57.5% or less, 57% or less, 56.5% or less, 56% or less, 55.5% or less, 55% or less, 54.5% or less, 54% or less, 53.5% or less, 53% or less, 52.5% or less, 52% or less, 51.5% or less, or 51% or less). The amount of the mixture comprising C9-C20 hydrocarbons can range from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above. For example, the oil comprises a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and from 50% to 75% of the mixture (w / w) can comprise C9-C20 hydrocarbons (e.g., from 50% to 62.5%, from 62.5% to 75%, from 50% to 55%, from 55% to 60%, from 60% to 65%, from 65% to 70%, from 70% to 75%, from 50% to 70%, from 50% to 65%, from 50% to 60%, from 55% to 75%, from 60% to 75%, from 65% to 75%, from 51% to 74%, from 52% to 73%, from 55% to 60%, or from 55% to 65%). In some examples, the oil comprises a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and from 55% to 65% of the mixture (w / w) can comprise C9-C20hydrocarbons (e.g., from 55% to 60%, from 60% to 65%, from 55% to 57%, from 57% to 59%, from 59% to 61%, from 61% to 63%, from 63% to 65%, from 55% to 63%, from 55% to 61%, from 55% to 59%, from 57% to 65%, from 59% to 65%, from 61% to 65%, from 55.5% to 64.5%, or from 56% to 64%). In some examples, the oil comprises a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and 1% or more of the mixture (w / w) can comprise C21- C29 hydrocarbons (e.g., 1.5% or more, 2% or more, 2.5% or more, 3% or more, 3.5% or more, 4% or more, 4.5% or more, 5% or more, 5.5% or more, 6% or more, 6.5% or more, 7% or more, 7.5% or more, 8% or more, 8.5% or more, or 9% or more). In some examples, the oil comprises a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and 10% or less of the mixture (w / w) can comprise C21-C29hydrocarbons (e.g., 9.5% or less, 9% or less, 8.5% or less, 8% or less, 7.5% or less, 7% or less, 6.5% or less, 6% or less, 5.5% or less, 5% or less, 4.5% or less, 4% or less, 3.5% or less, 3% or less, 2.5% or less, or 2% or less). The amount of the mixture comprising C21-C29 hydrocarbons can range from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above. For example, the oil comprises a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and from 1% to 10% of the mixture (w / w) can comprise C21-C29 hydrocarbons (e.g., from 1% to 4.5%, from 4.5% to 10%, from 1% to 4%, from 4% to 7%, from 7% to 10%, from 1% to 9%, from 1% to 8%, from 1% to 7%, from 1% to 6%, from 1% to 5%, from 1% to 3%, from 2% to 10%, from 3% to 10%, from 4% to 10%, from 5% to 10%, from 6% to 10%, from 8% to 10%, from 1.5% to 9.5%, from 2% to 9%, or from 3% to 8%). In some examples, the oil comprises a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and the mixture comprises: 25-35% (e.g., 30-35%) C1-C8hydrocarbons, 50-75% (e.g., 55-65%, or 60-65%) C9-C20hydrocarbons, and 1-10% (e.g., 3- 8%) C21-C29 hydrocarbons. In some examples, the oil comprises a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and the mixture comprises: 25- 35% (e.g., 30-35%) C1-C8 hydrocarbons, 55-65% (e.g., 60-65%) C9-C20 hydrocarbons, and 1- 10% (e.g., 3-8%) C21-C29 hydrocarbons. In some examples, the oil comprises a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and the mixture comprises: 30-35% C1-C8 hydrocarbons, 60-65% C9-C20 hydrocarbons, and 3-8% C21-C29 hydrocarbons. In some examples, the oil comprises a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and the mixture comprises: 25-35% (e.g., 30-35%) C4-C8hydrocarbons, 50-75% (e.g., 55-65%, or 60-65%) C9-C20hydrocarbons, and 1-10% (e.g., 3- 8%) C21-C29hydrocarbons. In some examples, the oil comprises a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and the mixture comprises: 25- 35% (e.g., 30-35%) C4-C8 hydrocarbons, 55-65% (e.g., 60-65%) C9-C20 hydrocarbons, and 1- 10% (e.g., 3-8%) C21-C29 hydrocarbons. In some examples, the oil comprises a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and the mixture comprises: 30-35% C4-C8 hydrocarbons, 60-65% C9-C20 hydrocarbons, and 3-8% C21-C29 hydrocarbons. In some examples, the oil comprises a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and the mixture is substantially free of C1-C4hydrocarbons. In some examples, the oil comprises a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and the mixture is substantially free of hydrocarbons comprising 30 or more carbons. In some examples, the oil comprises a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and the mixture is substantially free of C1-C4 hydrocarbons and hydrocarbons comprising 30 or more carbons. In some examples, the oil comprises a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and the mixture comprises saturated hydrocarbons (e.g., linear, branched, and / or cyclic alkanes), unsaturated (non-aromatic) hydrocarbons (e.g., linear, branched, and / or cyclic alkenes and / or alkynes), and aromatic hydrocarbons. For example, the oil comprises a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and the mixture comprises 80 wt.% or more saturated hydrocarbons (e.g., 80.5 wt.% or more, 81 wt.% or more, 81.5 wt.% or more, 82 wt.% or more, 82.5 wt.% or more, 83 wt.% or more, 83.5 wt.% or more, 84 wt.% or more, 84.5 wt.% or more, 85 wt.% or more, 85.5 wt.% or more, 86 wt.% or more, 86.5 wt.% or more, 87 wt.% or more, 87.5 wt.% or more, 88 wt.% or more, 88.5 wt.% or more, 89 wt.% or more, 89.5 wt.% or more, 90 wt.% or more, 90.5 wt.% or more, 91 wt.% or more, 91.5 wt.% or more, 92 wt.% or more, 92.5 wt.% or more, 93 wt.% or more, 93.5 wt.% or more, 94 wt.% or more, 94.5 wt.% or more, 95 wt.% or more, 95.5 wt.% or more, 96 wt.% or more, 96.5 wt.% or more, 97 wt.% or more, 97.5 wt.% or more, 98 wt.% or more, 98.5 wt.% or more, or 99 wt.% or more). In some examples, the oil comprises a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and the mixture comprises 100 wt.% or less saturated hydrocarbons (e.g., 99.5 wt.% or less, 99 wt.% or less, 98.5 wt.% or less, 98 wt.% or less, 97.5 wt.% or less, 97 wt.% or less, 96.5 wt.% or less, 96 wt.% or less, 95.5 wt.% or less, 95 wt.% or less, 94.5 wt.% or less, 94 wt.% or less, 93.5 wt.% or less, 93 wt.% or less, 92.5 wt.% or less, 92 wt.% or less, 91.5 wt.% or less, 91 wt.% or less, 90.5 wt.% or less, 90 wt.% or less, 89.5 wt.% or less, 89 wt.% or less, 88.5 wt.% or less, 88 wt.% or less, 87.5 wt.% or less, 87 wt.% or less, 86.5 wt.% or less, 86 wt.% or less, 85.5 wt.% or less, 85 wt.% or less, 84.5 wt.% or less, 84 wt.% or less, 83.5 wt.% or less, 83 wt.% or less, 82.5 wt.% or less, 82 wt.% or less, 81.5 wt.% or less, or 81 wt.% or less). The amount of the mixture comprising saturated hydrocarbons can range from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above. For example, the oil comprises a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and the mixture comprises from 90 wt.% to 100 wt.% saturated hydrocarbons (e.g., from 80 to 90 wt.%, from 90 to 100 wt.%, from 80 to 85 wt.%, from 85 to 90 wt.%, from 90 to 95 wt.%, from 95 to 100 wt.%, from 80 to 82 wt.%, from 82 to 84 wt.%, from 84 to 86 wt.%, from 86 to 88 wt.%, from 88 to 90 wt.%, from 90 to 92 wt.%, from 92 to 94 wt.%, from 94 to 96 wt.%, from 96 to 98 wt.%, from 98 to 100 wt.%, from 80 to 98 wt.%, from 80 to 96 wt.%, from 80 to 94 wt.%, from 80 to 92 wt.%, from 80 to 88 wt.%, from 80 to 86 wt.%, from 80 to 84 wt.%, from 82 to 100 wt.%, from 84 to 100 wt.%, from 86 to 100 wt.%, from 88 to 100 wt.%, from 92 to 100 wt.%, from 94 to 100 wt.%, from 96 to 100 wt.%, from 80 to 95 wt.%, from 85 to 100 wt.%, from 85 to 95 wt.%, from 90 to 98 wt.%, from 90 to 96 wt.%, from 90 to 94 wt.%, from 91 to 99 wt.%, from 92 to 98 wt.%, or from 94 to 96 wt.%). In some examples, the oil comprises a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and the mixture comprises from 90 wt.% to 100 wt.% saturated hydrocarbons. the oil comprises a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and the mixture comprises from 94 wt.% to 96 wt.% saturated hydrocarbons. In some examples, the oil comprises a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and the mixture comprises 0 wt.% or more unsaturated (non-aromatic) hydrocarbons (e.g., 0.25 wt.% or more, 0.5 wt.% or more, 0.75 wt.% or more, 1 wt.% or more, 1.25 wt.% or more, 1.5 wt.% or more, 1.75 wt.% or more, 2 wt.% or more, 2.25 wt.% or more, 2.5 wt.% or more, 3 wt.% or more, 3.5 wt.% or more, or 4 wt.% or more). In some examples, the oil comprises a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and the mixture comprises 5 wt.% or less unsaturated (non- aromatic) hydrocarbons (e.g., 4.5 wt.% or less, 4 wt.% or less, 3.5 wt.% or less, 3 wt.% or less, 2.5 wt.% or less, 2.25 wt.% or less, 2 wt.% or less, 1.75 wt.% or less, 1.5 wt.% or less, 1.25 wt.% or less, 1 wt.% or less, 0.75 wt.% or less, or 0.5 wt.% or less). The amount of unsaturated (non-aromatic) hydrocarbons in the mixture can range from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above. For example, the oil comprises a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and the mixture can comprise from 0 wt.% to 5 wt.% unsaturated (non-aromatic) hydrocarbons (e.g., from 0 to 2.5 wt.%, from 2.5 to 5 wt.%, from 0 to 1 wt.%, from 1 to 2 wt.%, from 2 to 3 wt.%, from 3 to 4 wt.%, from 4 to 5 wt.%, from 0 to 4 wt.%, from 0 to 3 wt.%, from 0 to 2 wt.%, from 1 to 5 wt.%, from 2 to 5 wt.%, from 3 to 5 wt.%, from 0.5 to 4.5 wt.%, or from 3.5 to 4.5 wt.%). In some examples, the oil comprises a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and the mixture comprises 0 wt.% or more aromatic hydrocarbons (e.g., 0.25 wt.% or more, 0.5 wt.% or more, 0.75 wt.% or more, 1 wt.% or more, 1.25 wt.% or more, 1.5 wt.% or more, 1.75 wt.% or more, 2 wt.% or more, 2.25 wt.% or more, 2.5 wt.% or more, 3 wt.% or more, 3.5 wt.% or more, 4 wt.% or more, 4.5 wt.% or more, 5.5 wt.% or more, 6 wt.% or more, 6.5 wt.% or more, 7 wt.% or more, 7.5 wt.% or more, 8 wt.% or more, 8.5 wt.% or more, 9 wt.% or more, 9.5 wt.% or more, 10 wt.% or more, 10.5 wt.% or more, 11 wt.% or more, 11.5 wt.% or more, 12 wt.% or more, 12.5 wt.% or more, 13 wt.% or more, 13.5 wt.% or more, or 14 wt.% or more). In some examples, the oil comprises a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and the mixture comprises 15 wt.% or less aromatic hydrocarbons (e.g., 14.5 wt.% or less, 14 wt.% or less, 13.5 wt.% or less, 13 wt.% or less, 12.5 wt.% or less, 12 wt.% or less, 11.5 wt.% or less, 11 wt.% or less, 10.5 wt.% or less, 10 wt.% or less, 9.5 wt.% or less, 9 wt.% or less, 8.5 wt.% or less, 8 wt.% or less, 7.5 wt.% or less, 7 wt.% or less, 6.5 wt.% or less, 6 wt.% or less, 5.5 wt.% or less, 5 wt.% or less, 4.5 wt.% or less, 4 wt.% or less, 3.5 wt.% or less, 3 wt.% or less, 2.5 wt.% or less, 2.25 wt.% or less, 2 wt.% or less, 1.75 wt.% or less, 1.5 wt.% or less, 1.25 wt.% or less, 1 wt.% or less, 0.75 wt.% or less, or 0.5 wt.% or less). The amount of the mixture comprising aromatic hydrocarbons can range from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above. For example, the oil comprises a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and the mixture can comprise from 0 to 15 wt.% aromatic hydrocarbons (e.g., from 0 to 7.5 wt.%, from 7.5 to 15 wt.%, from 0 to 5 wt.%, from 5 to 10 wt.%, from 10 to 15 wt.%, from 0 to 14 wt.%, from 0 to 12 wt.%, from 0 to 10 wt.%, from 0 to 8 wt.%, from 0 to 6 wt.%, from 0 to 4 wt.%, from 0 to 2.5 wt.%, from 0 to 2 wt.%, from 0 to 1 wt.%, from 1 to 15 wt.%, from 2 to 15 wt.%, from 4 to 15 wt.%, from 6 to 15 wt.%, from 8 to 15 wt.%, from 12 to 15 wt.%, from 0.5 to 14.5 wt.%, or from 1 to 14 wt.%). In some examples, the oil comprises a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and the mixture can comprise from 0 wt.% to 2.5 wt.% aromatic hydrocarbons (e.g., from 0 to 1.25 wt.%, from 1.25 to 2.5 wt.%, from 0 to 0.5 wt.%, from 0.5 to 1 wt.%, from 1 to 1.5 wt.%, from 1.5 to 2 wt.%, from 2 to 2.5 wt.%, from 0 to 2 wt.%, from 0 to 1.5 wt.%, from 0 to 1 wt.%, from 0.5 to 2.5 wt.%, from 1 to 2.5 wt.%, from 1.5 to 2.5 wt.%, from 0.5 to 2 wt.%, or from 1 to 2 wt.%). In some examples, the oil comprises a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and the mixture comprises: 80-100 wt.% saturated hydrocarbons (e.g., 90-100 wt.%, or 94-96 wt.%); 0-5 wt.% unsaturated (non-aromatic) hydrocarbons (e.g., 3.5-4.5 wt.%); and 0-15 wt.% aromatic hydrocarbons (e.g., 0-2.5 wt.%, or 1-2 wt.%). In some examples, the oil comprises a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and the mixture comprises: 90-100 wt.% saturated hydrocarbons (e.g., 94-96 wt.%); 0-5 wt.% unsaturated (non-aromatic) hydrocarbons (e.g., 3.5-4.5 wt.%); and 0-2.5 wt.% aromatic hydrocarbons (e.g., 1-2 wt.%). In some examples, the oil comprises a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and the mixture comprises: 94-96 wt.% saturated hydrocarbons; 3.5-4.5 wt.% unsaturated (non-aromatic) hydrocarbons; and 1-2 wt.% aromatic hydrocarbons. The oil can, for example, have a final boiling point of 400°F or more or 750°F or more. In some examples, the oil can have a final boiling point of 1,000°F or less. The final boiling point of the oil can range from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above. For example, the oil can have a final boiling point of from 400°F to 1,000°F (e.g., from 400°F to 850°F). In some examples, the oil can have a final boiling point of from 750°F to 1,000°F (e.g., from 900°F to 950°F, from 920°F to 950°F, or from 935°F to 950°F). The final boiling point of the oil can be determined using any suitable method, such as those known in the art. In some examples, the final boiling point of the oil is determined using the steps described in ASTM D 7169. The oil can, for example, have a pour point of -200°F or more or 0°F or more. In some examples, the oil can have a pour point of 100°F or less or 20°F or less. The pour point of the oil can range from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above. For example, the oil can have a pour point of from -200°F to 100°F. In some examples, the oil can have a pour point of from 0°F to 20°F (e.g., from 5°F to 15°F, from 8°F to 15°F, or from 10°F to 15°F). The pour point of the oil can be determined using any suitable method, such as those known in the art. In some examples, the pour point of the oil is determined using the steps described in ASTM D 97. In some examples, the oil can include one or more contaminants. Contaminants can for example, comprise an alkali metal, an alkaline earth metal, a transition metal, a basic metal, a semimetal, a nonmetal, a halogen, a salt or compound thereof, or a combination thereof. Examples of contaminants include, but are not limited to, lithium, sodium, beryllium, magnesium, calcium, strontium, titanium, vanadium, chromium, manganese, iron, cobalt, nickel, copper, zinc, molybdenum, cadmium, mercury, aluminum, titanium silicon, tin, lead, nitrogen, phosphorus, arsenic, antimony, oxygen, sulfur, selenium, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, compounds thereof, and combinations thereof. In some examples, the oil includes a contaminant comprising chloride, nitrogen, silicon, sodium, iron, phosphorus, sulfur, calcium, nickel, copper, vanadium, or a combination thereof. Contaminants are introduced during plastic formulation and manufacturing processes during the first life of plastic in conjunction with the source and collection method of the plastics. For example, chloride sources in used plastics can comprise PVDC layers. PVDC is often used as a layer or coating in food and pharmaceutical packaging applications because it provides excellent barrier properties against moisture, UV light, acids, salts, and detergents as well as having good transparency. Despite design for recyclability formulation changes, PVDC is forecasted to increase at 3.2% annually through 2028 in the US. Packaging converters produce a range of monolayer and multi-layer packaging. Both types can become mixed in recycled streams. Post-consumer sources will contain higher volumes of materials containing chloride sources that can be difficult to differentiate and remove through standard sorting techniques. Nitrogen sources in used plastics can, for example, be derived from pyrolysis of nylon (e.g., Nylon 6 (PA-6), Nylon-66 (PA-66) in used plastic sources, often from food and industrial packaging materials. Nylon is used in multi-layer flexible packing films to protect oxygen-sensitive foods or when excellent oil and grease resistance and high mechanical strength are required, such as for processed meats and fish, and cheese and other dairy products. Nylon also provides a wide cold to hot temperature range (e.g., -60°C to 150°C), which enables foods to move through freezer to the microwave / oven without packaging degradation. In industrial packaging, nylon is often used as a reinforcing layer to provide high mechanical strength and excellent abrasion and puncture resistance (for example, in polypropylene supersacks that contain a nylon interlayer or straps). Nitrogen can also come from protein (food) residue on plastics that arises from the amino acids in decomposed protein. Post-consumer sources will contain higher volumes of materials containing nitrogen sources that can be difficult to differentiate and remove through standard sorting techniques. Silicon sources in used plastics can, for example, comprise silica desiccant packages. In food packaging and processing plants, silicon products are widely used as release agents in a wide variety of materials and equipment, leaving residue on plastic surfaces. Silicon is also an additive that can be added to a wide range of materials to change the appearance, extrusion properties, and / or end-product characteristics; this applied to films as well as two- dimensional plastics. Post-consumer sources will contain higher volumes of materials containing silicon sources that can be difficult to differentiate and remove through standard sorting techniques. Silicon dioxide can be applied in a very thin coating to plastics, specifically polyethylene, polypropylene, and / or polystyrene, to act as a barrier layer to improve the shelf life of oxygen and moisture sensitive food. This thin coating can be applied by a vacuum or plasma deposition process; the barrier layer and the plastic forma covalent bond. The SiO2barrier coatings are chemically inert and enable benefits in rigid and flexible food packaging applications, including, but not limited to, reducing oxygen and moisture permeability of plastics, ensuring aroma protection and retention of the smell and taste of contents, not sensitive to fluctuations in temperature and humidity, well-suited for pasteurization and sterilization processes, and can increase shelf life of foods without the addition of preservatives. The SiO2 coatings are thin, e.g. significantly thinner than a human hair, and therefore have a negligible impact on the packing weight. For this reason, coated packaging is considered a mono-material that can be mechanically recycled. Recyclability initiatives are promoting the use of SiO2coatings as a replacement for PVDC and Nylon barriers in flexible and rigid packaging. Although these guidelines are intended for mechanically recycled plastics, several packaging forms and formulations are better suited for pyrolysis-based advanced recycling. SiO2coatings have the potential to be the “gift that keeps on giving”, especially when used in rigid and flexible polyethylene and polypropylene plastics that are mechanically recycled initially, which, after a few cycles, will then eventually become the used plastic feedstocks for advanced recycling; the silicon is predicted to accumulate and carry forward into each successive application. Phosphorus-containing flame retardants are widely used in plastics where its rapid oxidation consumes all the oxygen present, thereby stopping the fire. Plastics commonly containing these flame retardants include, but are not limited to, engineered plastics, polyurethane foams, polyamides (e.g., nylon) and glass-fiber reinforced nylon, polyethylene and EVA co-polymers, and intumescent coatings on foams and polypropylene textiles. Phosphate esters are also used as flame retardant plasticizers in PVC, high impact polystyrene (HIPS), polycarbonate (PC), and acrylonitrile butadiene styrene (ABS). Phosphorus sources also include agricultural applications, such as residual glyphosate in HDPE containers and residual phosphorus fertilizers on ground-level films (e.g., mulch films). Post-consumer sources will contain higher volumes of materials containing phosphorus sources that can be difficult to differentiate and remove through standard sorting techniques. Sources of sulfur, calcium, sodium, iron, phosphorus, or a combination thereof are additives, surface residues, and residual contamination of the incoming post-consumer and / or post-industrial plastics. A wash step can potentially remove certain surface residues, but would add cost and complexity to the advanced (e.g., pyrolysis based) recycling process. Accordingly, post-consumer sources will contain higher volumes of materials containing sources of sulfur, calcium, sodium, iron, phosphorus, or a combination thereof that can be difficult to differentiate and remove through standard sorting techniques. Copper alloys are commonly and increasingly used to create molds for plastic injection molding processes due to their high thermal conductivity that removes hot spots, reduces warpage and reduces cycle time, ease of machining by a variety of processes, and corrosion resistance to water, cooling fluids and the plastics being injected. Copper alloys often contain nickel and silicon. Plastics manufactured in copper alloy molds can have residual amounts of copper, nickel, and silicon on their surface. In addition, the plating of plastic with nickel and copper can be an effective means of protecting a substrate against corrosion from environmental exposure and make it more resistant to damage from chemicals used in the manufacturing process. In some instances, the plating on plastic can increase the hardness, strength, and wear resistance of the substrate. The presence of copper and nickel on the surface of both pre-consumer and post-consumer sources can be difficult to differentiate and remove through standard sorting techniques. In some examples, the oil has a total chloride content of 500 ppm or less (e.g., 475 ppm or less, 450 ppm or less, 425 ppm or less, 400 ppm or less, 375 ppm or less, 350 ppm or less, 325 ppm or less, 300 ppm or less, 275 ppm or less, 250 ppm or less, 225 ppm or less, 200 ppm or less, 175 ppm or less, 150 ppm or less, 125 ppm or less, 100 ppm or less, 75 ppm or less, 50 ppm or less, 45 ppm or less, 40 ppm or less, 35 ppm or less, 30 ppm or less, 25 ppm or less, 20 ppm or less, 15 ppm or less, 10 ppm or less, 9 ppm or less, 8 ppm or less, 7 ppm or less, 6 ppm or less, 5 ppm or less, 4.5 ppm or less, 4 ppm or less, 3.5 ppm or less, 3 ppm or less, 2.5 ppm or less, 2 ppm or less, 1.5 ppm or less, 1 ppm or less, 0.75 ppm or less, 0.5 ppm or less, 0.25 ppm or less, 0.1 ppm or less, 0.075 ppm or less, 0.05 ppm or less, 0.025 ppm or less, 0.01 ppm or less, 0.0075 ppm or less, or 0.005 ppm or less). In some examples, the oil is substantially free of chlorides. The total chloride content of the oil can be determined using any suitable method. In some examples, the total chloride content of the oil is determined using the steps described in ASTM D 7359. The oil can, for example, have a nitrogen content of 600 ppm or less (e.g., 575 ppm or less, 550 ppm or less, 525 ppm or less, 500 ppm or less, 475 ppm or less, 450 ppm or less, 425 ppm or less, 400 ppm or less, 375 ppm or less, 350 ppm or less, 325 ppm or less, 300 ppm or less, 275 ppm or less, 250 ppm or less, 225 ppm or less, 200 ppm or less, 175 ppm or less, 150 ppm or less, 125 ppm or less, 100 ppm or less, 75 ppm or less, 50 ppm or less, 45 ppm or less, 40 ppm or less, 35 ppm or less, 30 ppm or less, 25 ppm or less, 20 ppm or less, 15 ppm or less, 10 ppm or less, 9 ppm or less, 8 ppm or less, 7 ppm or less, 6 ppm or less, 5 ppm or less, 4.5 ppm or less, 4 ppm or less, 3.5 ppm or less, 3 ppm or less, 2.5 ppm or less, 2 ppm or less, 1.5 ppm or less, 1 ppm or less, 0.75 ppm or less, 0.5 ppm or less, 0.25 ppm or less, 0.1 ppm or less, 0.075 ppm or less, 0.05 ppm or less, 0.025 ppm or less, 0.01 ppm or less, 0.0075 ppm or less, or 0.005 ppm or less). In some examples, the oil can be substantially free of nitrogen. The nitrogen content of the oil can be determined using any suitable method, such as those known in the art. In some examples, the nitrogen content of the oil is determined using the steps described in ASTM D 4629. The oil can, for example, have a silicon content of 2,000 ppm or less (e.g., 1,900 ppm or less, 1,800 ppm or less, 1,700 ppm or less, 1,600 ppm or less, 1,500 ppm or less, 1,400 ppm or less, 1,300 ppm or less, 1,200 ppm or less, 1,100 ppm or less, 1,000 ppm or less, 950 ppm or less, 900 ppm or less, 850 ppm or less, 800 ppm or less, 750 ppm or less, 700 ppm or less, 650 ppm or less, 600 ppm or less, 550 ppm or less, 500 ppm or less, 475 ppm or less, 450 ppm or less, 425 ppm or less, 400 ppm or less, 375 ppm or less, 350 ppm or less, 325 ppm or less, 300 ppm or less, 275 ppm or less, 250 ppm or less, 225 ppm or less, 200 ppm or less, 175 ppm or less, 150 ppm or less, 125 ppm or less, 100 ppm or less, 75 ppm or less, 50 ppm or less, 45 ppm or less, 40 ppm or less, 35 ppm or less, 30 ppm or less, 25 ppm or less, 20 ppm or less, 15 ppm or less, 10 ppm or less, 9 ppm or less, 8 ppm or less, 7 ppm or less, 6 ppm or less, 5 ppm or less, 4.5 ppm or less, 4 ppm or less, 3.5 ppm or less, 3 ppm or less, 2.5 ppm or less, 2 ppm or less, 1.5 ppm or less, 1 ppm or less, 0.75 ppm or less, 0.5 ppm or less, 0.25 ppm or less, 0.1 ppm or less, 0.075 ppm or less, 0.05 ppm or less, 0.025 ppm or less, 0.01 ppm or less, 0.0075 ppm or less, or 0.005 ppm or less). In some examples, the oil can be substantially free of silicon. The silicon content of the oil can be determined using any suitable method, such as those known in the art. In some examples, the silicon content of the oil is determined using the steps described in ASTM D 5185. The oil can, for example, have a sodium content of 100 ppm or less (e.g., 95 ppm or less, 90 ppm or less, 85 ppm or less, 80 ppm or less, 75 ppm or less, 70 ppm or less, 65 ppm or less, 60 ppm or less, 55 ppm or less, 50 ppm or less, 45 ppm or less, 40 ppm or less, 35 ppm or less, 30 ppm or less, 25 ppm or less, 20 ppm or less, 15 ppm or less, 10 ppm or less, 9 ppm or less, 8 ppm or less, 7 ppm or less, 6 ppm or less, 5 ppm or less, 4.5 ppm or less, 4 ppm or less, 3.5 ppm or less, 3 ppm or less, 2.5 ppm or less, 2 ppm or less, 1.5 ppm or less, 1 ppm or less, 0.75 ppm or less, 0.5 ppm or less, 0.25 ppm or less, 0.1 ppm or less, 0.075 ppm or less, 0.05 ppm or less, 0.025 ppm or less, 0.01 ppm or less, 0.0075 ppm or less, or 0.005 ppm or less). In some examples, the oil can be substantially free of sodium. The sodium content of the oil can be determined using any suitable method, such as those known in the art. In some examples, the sodium content of the oil is determined using the steps described in ASTM D 5185. The oil can, for example, have an iron content of 10 ppm or less (e.g., 9 ppm or less, 8 ppm or less, 7 ppm or less, 6 ppm or less, 5 ppm or less, 4.5 ppm or less, 4 ppm or less, 3.5 ppm or less, 3 ppm or less, 2.5 ppm or less, 2 ppm or less, 1.5 ppm or less, 1 ppm or less, 0.75 ppm or less, 0.5 ppm or less, 0.25 ppm or less, 0.1 ppm or less, 0.075 ppm or less, 0.05 ppm or less, 0.025 ppm or less, 0.01 ppm or less, 0.0075 ppm or less, or 0.005 ppm or less). In some examples, the oil can be substantially free of iron. The iron content of the oil can be determined using any suitable method, such as those known in the art. In some examples, the iron content of the oil is determined using the steps described in ASTM D 5185. The oil can, for example, have a phosphorus content of 25 ppm or less (e.g., 20 ppm or less, 15 ppm or less, 10 ppm or less, 9 ppm or less, 8 ppm or less, 7 ppm or less, 6 ppm or less, 5 ppm or less, 4.5 ppm or less, 4 ppm or less, 3.5 ppm or less, 3 ppm or less, 2.5 ppm or less, 2 ppm or less, 1.5 ppm or less, 1 ppm or less, 0.75 ppm or less, 0.5 ppm or less, 0.25 ppm or less, 0.1 ppm or less, 0.075 ppm or less, 0.05 ppm or less, 0.025 ppm or less, 0.01 ppm or less, 0.0075 ppm or less, or 0.005 ppm or less). In some examples, the oil can be substantially free of phosphorus. The phosphorus content of the oil can be determined using any suitable method, such as those known in the art. In some examples, the phosphorus content of the oil is determined using the steps described in ASTM D 5185. The oil can, for example, have a sulfur content of 250 ppm or less (e.g., 225 ppm or less, 200 ppm or less, 175 ppm or less, 150 ppm or less, 125 ppm or less, 100 ppm or less, 75 ppm or less, 50 ppm or less, 45 ppm or less, 40 ppm or less, 35 ppm or less, 30 ppm or less, 25 ppm or less, 20 ppm or less, 15 ppm or less, 10 ppm or less, 9 ppm or less, 8 ppm or less, 7 ppm or less, 6 ppm or less, 5 ppm or less, 4.5 ppm or less, 4 ppm or less, 3.5 ppm or less, 3 ppm or less, 2.5 ppm or less, 2 ppm or less, 1.5 ppm or less, 1 ppm or less, 0.75 ppm or less, 0.5 ppm or less, 0.25 ppm or less, 0.1 ppm or less, 0.075 ppm or less, 0.05 ppm or less, 0.025 ppm or less, 0.01 ppm or less, 0.0075 ppm or less, or 0.005 ppm or less). In some examples, the oil can be substantially free of sulfur. The sulfur content of the oil can be determined by any suitable method, such as those known in the art. In some examples, the sulfur content of the oil is determined using the steps described in ASTM D 4294. The oil can, for example, have a calcium content of 50 ppm or less (e.g., 45 ppm or less, 40 ppm or less, 35 ppm or less, 30 ppm or less, 25 ppm or less, 20 ppm or less, 15 ppm or less, 10 ppm or less, 9 ppm or less, 8 ppm or less, 7 ppm or less, 6 ppm or less, 5 ppm or less, 4.5 ppm or less, 4 ppm or less, 3.5 ppm or less, 3 ppm or less, 2.5 ppm or less, 2 ppm or less, 1.5 ppm or less, 1 ppm or less, 0.75 ppm or less, 0.5 ppm or less, 0.25 ppm or less, 0.1 ppm or less, 0.075 ppm or less, 0.05 ppm or less, 0.025 ppm or less, 0.01 ppm or less, 0.0075 ppm or less, or 0.005 ppm or less). In some examples, the oil can be substantially free of calcium. The calcium content of the oil can be determined using any suitable methods, such as those known in the art. In some examples, the calcium content of the oil is determined using the steps described in ASTM D 5185. The oil can, for example, have a copper content of 10 ppm or less (e.g., 9 ppm or less, 8 ppm or less, 7 ppm or less, 6 ppm or less, 5 ppm or less, 4.5 ppm or less, 4 ppm or less, 3.5 ppm or less, 3 ppm or less, 2.5 ppm or less, 2 ppm or less, 1.5 ppm or less, 1 ppm or less, 0.75 ppm or less, 0.5 ppm or less, 0.25 ppm or less, 0.1 ppm or less, 0.075 ppm or less, 0.05 ppm or less, 0.025 ppm or less, 0.01 ppm or less, 0.0075 ppm or less, or 0.005 ppm or less). In some examples, the oil can be substantially free of copper. The copper content of the oil can be determined using any suitable method, such as those known in the art. In some examples, the copper content of the oil is determined using the steps described in ASTM D 5185. The oil can, for example, have a nickel content of 250 ppm or less (e.g., 225 ppm or less, 200 ppm or less, 175 ppm or less, 150 ppm or less, 125 ppm or less, 100 ppm or less, 75 ppm or less, 50 ppm or less, 45 ppm or less, 40 ppm or less, 35 ppm or less, 30 ppm or less, 25 ppm or less, 20 ppm or less, 15 ppm or less, 10 ppm or less, 9 ppm or less, 8 ppm or less, 7 ppm or less, 6 ppm or less, 5 ppm or less, 4.5 ppm or less, 4 ppm or less, 3.5 ppm or less, 3 ppm or less, 2.5 ppm or less, 2 ppm or less, 1.5 ppm or less, 1 ppm or less, 0.75 ppm or less, 0.5 ppm or less, 0.25 ppm or less, 0.1 ppm or less, 0.075 ppm or less, 0.05 ppm or less, 0.025 ppm or less, 0.01 ppm or less, 0.0075 ppm or less, or 0.005 ppm or less). In some examples, the oil can be substantially fee of nickel. The nickel content of the oil can be determined using any suitable method, such as those known in the art. In some examples, the nickel content of the oil is determined using the steps described in ASTM D 5185. The oil can, for example, have a vanadium content of 25 ppm or less (e.g., 20 ppm or less, 15 ppm or less, 10 ppm or less, 9 ppm or less, 8 ppm or less, 7 ppm or less, 6 ppm or less, 5 ppm or less, 4.5 ppm or less, 4 ppm or less, 3.5 ppm or less, 3 ppm or less, 2.5 ppm or less, 2 ppm or less, 1.5 ppm or less, 1 ppm or less, 0.75 ppm or less, 0.5 ppm or less, 0.25 ppm or less, 0.1 ppm or less, 0.075 ppm or less, 0.05 ppm or less, 0.025 ppm or less, 0.01 ppm or less, 0.0075 ppm or less, or 0.005 ppm or less). In some examples, the oil can be substantially free of vanadium. The vanadium content of the oil can be determined using any suitable method, such as those known in the art. In some examples, the vanadium content of the oil is determined using the steps described in ASTM D 5185. In some examples, the oil has a total chloride content of 500 ppm or less; a nitrogen content of 600 ppm or less; and a silicon content of 2,000 ppm or less. In some examples, the oil has a total chloride content of 500 ppm or less; a nitrogen content of 600 ppm or less; a silicon content of 2,000 ppm or less; and a sodium content of 100 ppm or less. In some examples, the oil has a total chloride content of 500 ppm or less; a nitrogen content of 600 ppm or less; a silicon content of 2,000 ppm or less; a sodium content of 100 ppm or less; an iron content of 10 ppm or less; a sulfur content of 250 ppm or less; and a calcium content of 50 ppm or less. In some examples, the oil has a total chloride content of 500 ppm or less; a nitrogen content of 600 ppm or less; a silicon content of 2,000 ppm or less; a sodium content of 100 ppm or less; an iron content of 10 ppm or less; a phosphorus content of 25 ppm or less; a sulfur content of 250 ppm or less; and a calcium content of 50 ppm or less. In some examples, the oil has a total chloride content of 500 ppm or less; a nitrogen content of 600 ppm or less; a silicon content of 2,000 ppm or less; a sodium content of 100 ppm or less; an iron content of 10 ppm or less; a phosphorus content of 25 ppm or less; a sulfur content of 250 ppm or less; a calcium content of 50 ppm or less; a copper content of 10 ppm or less; a nickel content of 250 ppm or less; and a vanadium content of 25 ppm or less. In some examples, the oil has a total chloride content of 100 ppm or less; a nitrogen content of 600 ppm or less; and a silicon content of 250 ppm or less. In some examples, the oil has a total chloride content of 100 ppm or less; a nitrogen content of 600 ppm or less; a silicon content of 250 ppm or less; and a sodium content of 25 ppm or less. In some examples, the oil has a total chloride content of 100 ppm or less; a nitrogen content of 600 ppm or less; a silicon content of 250 ppm or less; a sodium content of 25 ppm or less; an iron content of 10 ppm or less; a sulfur content of 10 ppm or less; and a calcium content of 5 ppm or less. In some examples, the oil has: a total chloride content of 100 ppm or less; a nitrogen content of 600 ppm or less; a silicon content of 250 ppm or less; a sodium content of 25 ppm or less; an iron content of 10 ppm or less; a phosphorus content of 10 ppm or less; a sulfur content of 10 ppm or less; and a calcium content of 5 ppm or less. In some examples, the oil has a total chloride content of 100 ppm or less; a nitrogen content of 600 ppm or less; a silicon content of 250 ppm or less; a sodium content of 25 ppm or less; an iron content of 10 ppm or less; a phosphorus content of 10 ppm or less; a sulfur content of 10 ppm or less; a calcium content of 5 ppm or less; a copper content of 1 ppm or less; a nickel content of 50 ppm or less; and a vanadium content of 1 ppm or less. The oil can, for example, have a Reid Vapor Pressure of 12.5 psig or less (e.g., 12 psig or less, 11.5 psig or less, 11 psig or less, 10.5 psig or less, 10 psig or less, 9.5 psig or less, 9 psig or less, 8.5 psig or less, 8 psig or less, 7.5 psig or less, 7 psig or less, 6.5 psig or less, 6 psig or less, 5.5 psig or less, 5 psig or less, 4.5 psig or less, 4 psig or less, 3.5 psig or less, 3 psig or less, or 2.5 psig or less). In some examples, the oil can have a Reid Vapor Pressure of 2 psig or more (e.g., 2.5 psig or more, 3 psig or more, 3.5 psig or more, 4 psig or more, 4.5 psig or more, 5 psig or more, 5.5 psig or more, 6 psig or more, 6.5 psig or more, 7 psig or more, 7.5 psig or more, 8 psig or more, 8.5 psig or more, 9 psig or more, 9.5 psig or more, 10 psig or more, 10.5 psig or more, or 11 psig or more). The Reid Vapor Pressure of the oil can range from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above. For example, the oil can have a Reid Vapor Pressure of from 2 to 12.5 psig (e.g., from 5 to 7 psig, from 7 to 12.5 psig, from 2 to 4 psig, from 4 to 6 psig, from 6 to 8 psig, from 8 to 10 psig, from 10 to 12.5 psig, from 2 to 12 psig, from 2 to 11 psig, from 2 to 10 psig, from 2 to 9 psig, from 2 to 8 psig, from 2 to 6 psig, from 2 to 5 psig, from 3 to 12.5 psig, from 4 to 12.5 psig, from 5 to 12.5 psig, from 6 to 12.5 psig, from 7 to 12.5 psig, from 8 to 12.5 psig, from 9 to 12.5 psig, from 3 to 12 psig, from 5 to 11 psig, or from 7 to 10 psig). The Reid Vapor Pressure of the oil can be determined using any suitable method, such as those known in the art. In some examples, the Reid Vapor Pressure of the oil is determined using the steps described in ASTM D 5191. The oil can, for example, have a water by distillation amount of 0.5 vol.% or less (e.g., 0.45 vol.% or less, 0.4 vol.% or less, 0.35 vol.% or less, 0.3 vol.% or less, 0.25 vol.% or less, 0.2 vol.% or less, 0.15 vol.% or less, 0.1 vol.% or less, 0.075 vol.% or less, 0.05 vol.% or less, 0.025 vol.% or less, or 0.01 vol.% or less). In some examples, the oil can have a water by distillation amount of 0 vol.% or more (e.g., 0.01 vol.% or more, 0.025 vol.% or more, 0.05 vol.% or more, 0.075 vol.% or more, 0.1 vol.% or more, 0.15 vol.% or more, 0.2 vol.% or more, 0.25 vol.% or more, 0.3 vol.% or more, 0.35 vol.% or more, or 0.4 vol.% or more). The amount of water by distillation in the oil can range from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above. For example, the oil can have a water by distillation amount of from 0 to 0.5 vol.% (e.g., from 0 to 0.25 vol.%, from 0.25 to 0.5 vol.%, from 0 to 0.1 vol.%, from 0.1 to 0.2 vol.%, from 0.2 to 0.3 vol.%, from 0.3 to 0.4 vol.%, from 0.4 to 0.5 vol.%, from 0 to 0.4 vol.%, from 0 to 0.3 vol.%, from 0 to 0.2 vol.%, from 0 to 0.05 vol.%, or from 0 to 0.01 vol.%). The amount of water by distillation in the oil can be determined by any suitable method, such as those known in the art. In some examples, the water by distillation amount in the oil is determined using the steps described in ASTM D 95. The oil can, for example, have a total sediment content of 0.5 vol.% or less (e.g., 0.45 vol.% or less, 0.4 vol.% or less, 0.35 vol.% or less, 0.3 vol.% or less, 0.25 vol.% or less, 0.2 vol.% or less, 0.15 vol.% or less, 0.1 vol.% or less, 0.075 vol.% or less, 0.05 vol.% or less, 0.025 vol.% or less, or 0.01 vol.% or less). In some examples, the oil can have a total sediment content of 0 vol.% or more (e.g., 0.01 vol.% or more, 0.025 vol.% or more, 0.05 vol.% or more, 0.075 vol.% or more, 0.1 vol.% or more, 0.15 vol.% or more, 0.2 vol.% or more, 0.25 vol.% or more, 0.3 vol.% or more, 0.35 vol.% or more, or 0.4 vol.% or more). The total sediment content of the oil can range from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above. For example, the oil can have a total sediment content of from 0 to 0.5 vol.% (e.g., from 0 to 0.25 vol.%, from 0.25 to 0.5 vol.%, from 0 to 0.1 vol.%, from 0.1 to 0.2 vol.%, from 0.2 to 0.3 vol.%, from 0.3 to 0.4 vol.%, from 0.4 to 0.5 vol.%, from 0 to 0.4 vol.%, from 0 to 0.3 vol.%, from 0 to 0.2 vol.%, from 0 to 0.05 vol.%, or from 0 to 0.01 vol.%). The total sediment content of the oil can be determined by any suitable method, such as those known in the art. In some examples, the total sediment content of the oil is determined using the steps described in ASTM D 4870. The oil can, for example, have an n-heptane insoluble content of 0.1 wt.% or less (e.g., 0.09 wt.% or less, 0.08 wt.% or less, 0.07 wt.% or less, 0.06 wt.% or less, 0.05 wt.% or less, 0.04 wt.% or less, 0.03 wt.% or less, 0.02 wt.% or less, or 0.01 wt.% or less). In some examples, the oil can have an n-heptane insoluble content of 0 wt.% or more (e.g., 0.01 wt.% or more, 0.02 wt.% or more, 0.03 wt.% or more, 0.04 wt.% or more, 0.05 wt.% or more, 0.06 wt.% or more, 0.07 wt.% or more, or 0.08 wt.% or more). The n-heptane insoluble content of the oil can range from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above. For example, the oil can have an n-heptane insoluble content of from 0 to 0.1 wt.% (e.g., from 0 to 0.05 wt.%, from 0.05 to 0.1 wt.%, from 0 to 0.02 wt.%, from 0.02 to 0.04 wt.%, from 0.04 to 0.06 wt.%, from 0.06 to 0.08 wt.%, from 0.08 to 0.1 wt.%, from 0 to 0.09 wt.%, from 0 to 0.08 wt.%, from 0 to 0.07 wt.%, from 0 to 0.06 wt.%, from 0 to 0.04 wt.%, from 0 to 0.03 wt.%, or from 0 to 0.01 wt.%). The n-heptane insoluble content of the oil can be determined using any suitable method, such as those known in the art. In some examples, the n-heptane insoluble content of the oil is determined using the steps described in ASTM D 3279. The oil can, for example, have a total acid number of 1 mg KOH / g or less (e.g., 0.9 mg KOH / g or less, 0.8 mg KOH / g or less, 0.7 mg KOH / g or less, 0.6 mg KOH / g or less, 0.5 mg KOH / g or less, 0.4 mg KOH / g or less, 0.3 mg KOH / g or less, 0.2 mg KOH / g or less, or 0.1 mg KOH / g or less). In some examples, the oil can have a total acid number of 0 mg KOH / g or more (e.g., 0.1 mg KOH / g or more, 0.2 mg KOH / g or more, 0.3 mg KOH / g or more, 0.4 mg KOH / g or more, 0.5 mg KOH / g or more, 0.6 mg KOH / g or more, 0.7 mg KOH / g or more, 0.8 mg KOH / g or more, or 0.9 mg KOH / g or more). The total acid number of the oil can range from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above. For example, the oil can have a total acid number of from 0 to 1 mg KOH / g (e.g., from 0 to 0.5 mg KOH / g, from 0.5 to 1 mg KOH / g, from 0 to 0.2 mg KOH / g, from 0.2 to 0.4 mg KOH / g, from 0.4 to 0.6 mg KOH / g, from 0.6 to 0.8 mg KOH / g, from 0.8 to 1 mg KOH / g, from 0 to 0.8 mg KOH / g, from 0 to 0.6 mg KOH / g, from 0 to 0.4 mg KOH / g, or from 0 to 0.1 mg KOH / g). The total acid number of the oil can be determined using any suitable method, such as those known in the art. In some examples, the total acid number of the oil is determined using the steps described in ASTM D 664. In some examples, the oil has a Reid Vapor Pressure of 12.5 psig or less; and a final boiling point of 400°F to 1,000°F. In some examples, the oil has a Reid Vapor Pressure of 12.5 psig or less; and a final boiling point of 400°F to 850°F. In some examples, the oil has a Reid Vapor Pressure of 12.5 psig or less; and a final boiling point of 750°F to 1,000°F. In some examples, the oil has a Reid Vapor Pressure of from 7 to 10 psig; and a final boiling point of from 935°F to 950°F. In some examples, the oil has a Reid Vapor Pressure of 12.5 psig or less; and a pour point of -200°F to 100°F. In some examples, the oil has a Reid Vapor Pressure of 12.5 psig or less; and a pour point of 0°F to 20°F. In some examples, the oil has a Reid Vapor Pressure of from 7 to 10 psig; and a pour point of from 10°F to 15°F. In some examples, the oil has a final boiling point of 400°F to 1,000°F; and a pour point of -200°F to 100°F. In some examples, the oil has a final boiling point of 400°F to 850°F; and a pour point of -200°F to 100°F. In some examples, the oil has a final boiling point of 750°F to 1,000°F; and a pour point of 0°F to 20°F. In some examples, the oil has a final boiling point of from 935°F to 950°F; and a pour point of from 10°F to 15°F. In some examples, the oil has a Reid Vapor Pressure of 12.5 psig or less; a final boiling point of 400°F to 1,000°F; and a pour point of -200°F to 100°F. In some examples, the oil has a Reid Vapor Pressure of 12.5 psig or less; a final boiling point of 400°F to 850°F; and a pour point of -200°F to 100°F. In some examples, the oil has a Reid Vapor Pressure of 12.5 psig or less; a final boiling point of 750°F to 1,000°F; and a pour point of 0°F to 20°F. In some examples, the oil has a Reid Vapor Pressure of from 7 to 10 psig; a final boiling point of from 935°F to 950°F; and a pour point of from 10°F to 15°F; In some examples, the oil has a Reid Vapor Pressure of 12.5 psig or less; a final boiling point of 400°F to 1,000°F; a pour point of -200°F to 100°F; a total chloride content of 500 ppm or less; a nitrogen content of 600 ppm or less; a silicon content of 2,000 ppm or less; a sodium content of 100 ppm or less; an iron content of 10 ppm or less; a phosphorus content of 25 ppm or less; a sulfur content of 250 ppm or less; and a calcium content of 50 ppm or less. In some examples, the oil has a Reid Vapor Pressure of 12.5 psig or less; a final boiling point of 400°F to 850°F; a pour point of -200°F to 100°F; a total chloride content of 500 ppm or less; a nitrogen content of 600 ppm or less; a silicon content of 2,000 ppm or less; a sodium content of 100 ppm or less; an iron content of 10 ppm or less; a phosphorus content of 25 ppm or less; a sulfur content of 250 ppm or less; and a calcium content of 50 ppm or less. In some examples, the oil has a Reid Vapor Pressure of 12.5 psig or less; a final boiling point of 750°F to 1,000°F; a pour point of 0°F to 20°F; a total chloride content of 500 ppm or less; a nitrogen content of 600 ppm or less; a silicon content of 2,000 ppm or less; a sodium content of 100 ppm or less; an iron content of 10 ppm or less; a phosphorus content of 25 ppm or less; a sulfur content of 250 ppm or less; and a calcium content of 50 ppm or less. In some examples, the oil has a Reid Vapor Pressure of from 7 to 10 psig; a final boiling point of from 935°F to 950°F; a pour point of from 10°F to 15°F; a total chloride content of 100 ppm or less; a nitrogen content of 600 ppm or less; a silicon content of 250 ppm or less; a sodium content of 25 ppm or less; an iron content of 10 ppm or less; a phosphorus content of 10 ppm or less; a sulfur content of 10 ppm or less; and a calcium content of 5 ppm or less. In some examples, the oil is a raw pyrolysis product, meaning the oil is produced by a method that substantially excludes any hydrotreatment or further refining steps after pyrolysis. Compositions, such as Compositions Comprising the Oil and the Wax, such as Blends Also disclosed herein are compositions derived from pyrolysis of a feedstock comprising post-consumer and / or post-industrial plastics. In some examples, the compositions can be produced via pyrolysis at an industrial scale. The compositions can, for example, have a number average molecular weight and / or a weight average molecular weight of 50 Daltons or more (e.g., 55 Daltons or more, 60 Daltons or more, 65 Daltons or more, 70 Daltons or more, 75 Daltons or more, 80 Daltons or more, 85 Daltons or more, 90 Daltons or more, 95 Daltons or more, 100 Daltons or more, 110 Daltons or more, 120 Daltons or more, 130 Daltons or more, 140 Daltons or more, 150 Daltons or more, 160 Daltons or more, 170 Daltons or more, 180 Daltons or more, 190 Daltons or more, 200 Daltons or more, 225 Daltons or more, 250 Daltons or more, 275 Daltons or more, 300 Daltons or more, 325 Daltons or more, 350 Daltons or more, 375 Daltons or more, 400 Daltons or more, or 425 Daltons or more). In some examples, the compositions can have a number average molecular weight and / or a weight average molecular weight of 450 Daltons or less (e.g., 425 Daltons or less, 400 Daltons or less, 375 Daltons or less, 350 Daltons or less, 325 Daltons or less, 300 Daltons or less, 275 Daltons or less, 250 Daltons or less, 225 Daltons or less, 200 Daltons or less, 190 Daltons or less, 180 Daltons or less, 170 Daltons or less, 160 Daltons or less, 150 Daltons or less, 140 Daltons or less, 130 Daltons or less, 120 Daltons or less, 110 Daltons or less, 100 Daltons or less, 95 Daltons or less, 90 Daltons or less, 85 Daltons or less, 80 Daltons or less, 75 Daltons or less, 70 Daltons or less, 65 Daltons or less, or 60 Daltons or less). The number average molecular weight and / or a weight average molecular weight of the composition can range from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above. For example, the composition can have a number average molecular weight and / or a weight average molecular weight of from 50 to 450 Daltons (e.g., from 50 to 250 Daltons, from 250 to 450 Daltons, from 50 to 150 Daltons, from 150 to 250 Daltons, from 250 to 350 Daltons, from 350 to 450 Daltons, from 50 to 400 Daltons, from 50 to 350 Daltons, from 50 to 300 Daltons, from 50 to 200 Daltons, from 100 to 450 Daltons, from 150 to 250 Daltons, from 200 to 450 Daltons, from 300 to 450 Daltons, from 75 to 425 Daltons, or from 100 to 400 Daltons). The composition comprises a mixture of different hydrocarbons (e.g., linear, branched, cyclic, acyclic, saturated, unsaturated, aromatic, non-aromatic, etc.), any of which can optionally be substituted. In some examples, the composition comprises a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and 70% or more of the mixture (w / w) comprises C4-C46 hydrocarbons (e.g., 71% or more, 72% or more, 73% or more, 74% or more, 75% or more, 76% or more, 77% or more, 78% or more, 79% or more, 80% or more, 81% or more, 82% or more, 83% or more, 84% or more, 85% or more, 86% or more, 87% or more, 88% or more, 89% or more, 90% or more, 90.5% or more, 91% or more, 91.5% or more, 92% or more, 92.5% or more, 93% or more, 93.5% or more, 94% or more, 94.5% or more, 95% or more, 95.5% or more, 96% or more, 96.5% or more, 97% or more, 97.5% or more, 98% or more, 98.5% or more, or 99% or more). In some examples, the composition comprises a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and 100% or less of the mixture (w / w) comprises C4-C46hydrocarbons (e.g., 99.5% or less, 99% or less, 98.5% or less, 98% or less, 97.5% or less, 97% or less, 96.5% or less, 96% or less, 95.5% or less, 95% or less, 94.5% or less, 94% or less, 93.5% or less, 93% or less, 92.5% or less, 92% or less, 91.5% or less, 91% or less, 90.5% or less, 90% or less, 89% or less, 88% or less, 87% or less, 86% or less, 85% or less, 84% or less, 83% or less, 82% or less, 81% or less, 80% or less, 79% or less, 78% or less, 77% or less, 76% or less, 75% or less, 74% or less, 73% or less, 72% or less, or 71% or less). The amount of the mixture comprising C4-C46 hydrocarbons can range from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above. For example, the composition can comprise a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and from 70% to 100% of the mixture (w / w) can comprise C4-C46hydrocarbons (e.g., from 70% to 85%, from 85% to 100%, from 70% to 80%, from 80% to 90%, from 90% to 100%, from 70% to 95%, from 70% to 90%, from 70% to 75%, from 75% to 100%, from 80% to 100%, or from 75% to 95%). In some examples, the composition can comprise a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and from 90% to 100% of the mixture (w / w) can comprise C4-C46 hydrocarbons (e.g., from 90% to 95%, from 95% to 100%, from 90% to 92%, from 92% to 94%, from 94% to 96%, from 96% to 98%, from 98% to 100%, from 90% to 98%, from 90% to 96%, from 90% to 94%, from 92% to 100%, from 94% to 100%, from 96% to 100%, from 91% to 99%, from 92% to 98%, or from 93% to 97%). The composition comprises a mixture of different hydrocarbons (e.g., linear, branched, cyclic, acyclic, saturated, unsaturated, aromatic, non-aromatic, etc.), any of which can optionally be substituted. In some examples, the composition comprises a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and 70% or more of the mixture (w / w) comprises C4-C33hydrocarbons (e.g., 71% or more, 72% or more, 73% or more, 74% or more, 75% or more, 76% or more, 77% or more, 78% or more, 79% or more, 80% or more, 81% or more, 82% or more, 83% or more, 84% or more, 85% or more, 86% or more, 87% or more, 88% or more, 89% or more, 90% or more, 90.5% or more, 91% or more, 91.5% or more, 92% or more, 92.5% or more, 93% or more, 93.5% or more, 94% or more, 94.5% or more, 95% or more, 95.5% or more, 96% or more, 96.5% or more, 97% or more, 97.5% or more, 98% or more, 98.5% or more, or 99% or more). In some examples, the composition comprises a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and 100% or less of the mixture (w / w) comprises C4-C33hydrocarbons (e.g., 99.5% or less, 99% or less, 98.5% or less, 98% or less, 97.5% or less, 97% or less, 96.5% or less, 96% or less, 95.5% or less, 95% or less, 94.5% or less, 94% or less, 93.5% or less, 93% or less, 92.5% or less, 92% or less, 91.5% or less, 91% or less, 90.5% or less, 90% or less, 89% or less, 88% or less, 87% or less, 86% or less, 85% or less, 84% or less, 83% or less, 82% or less, 81% or less, 80% or less, 79% or less, 78% or less, 77% or less, 76% or less, 75% or less, 74% or less, 73% or less, 72% or less, or 71% or less). The amount of the mixture comprising C4-C33 hydrocarbons can range from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above. For example, the composition can comprise a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and from 70% to 100% of the mixture (w / w) can comprise C4-C33 hydrocarbons (e.g., from 70% to 85%, from 85% to 100%, from 70% to 80%, from 80% to 90%, from 90% to 100%, from 70% to 95%, from 70% to 90%, from 70% to 75%, from 75% to 100%, from 80% to 100%, or from 75% to 95%). In some examples, the composition can comprise a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and from 90% to 100% of the mixture (w / w) can comprise C4-C33hydrocarbons (e.g., from 90% to 95%, from 95% to 100%, from 90% to 92%, from 92% to 94%, from 94% to 96%, from 96% to 98%, from 98% to 100%, from 90% to 98%, from 90% to 96%, from 90% to 94%, from 92% to 100%, from 94% to 100%, from 96% to 100%, from 91% to 99%, from 92% to 98%, or from 93% to 97%). The composition comprises a mixture of different hydrocarbons (e.g., linear, branched, cyclic, acyclic, saturated, unsaturated, aromatic, non-aromatic, etc.), any of which can optionally be substituted. In some examples, the composition comprises a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and 7.5% or more of the mixture (w / w) comprises C4-C8hydrocarbons (e.g., 8% or more, 8.5% or more, 9% or more, 9.5% or more, 10% or more, 11% or more, 12% or more, 13% or more, 14% or more, 15% or more, 16% or more, 17% or more, 18% or more, 19% or more, 20% or more, 21% or more, 22% or more, 23% or more, or 24% or more). In some examples, the composition comprises a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and 25% or less of the mixture (w / w) comprises C4-C8 hydrocarbons (e.g., 24% or less, 23% or less, 22% or less, 21% or less, 20% or less, 19% or less, 18% or less, 17% or less, 16% or less, 15% or less, 14% or less, 13% or less, 12% or less, 11% or less, 10% or less, 9.5% or less, 9% or less, 8.5% or less, or 8% or less). The amount of the mixture comprising C4-C8 hydrocarbons can range from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above. For example, the composition can comprise a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and from 7.5% to 25% of the mixture (w / w) can comprise C4-C8hydrocarbons (e.g., from 7.5% to 16%, from 16% to 25%, from 7.5% to 10%, from 10% to 15%, from 15% to 20%, from 20% to 25%, from 7.5% to 20%, from 7.5% to 15%, from 10% to 25%, from 15% to 25%, from 8% to 24%, from 9% to 22%, or from 10% to 20%). In some examples, the composition can comprise a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and from 10% to 20% of the mixture (w / w) can comprise C4-C8 hydrocarbons. The composition comprises a mixture of different hydrocarbons (e.g., linear, branched, cyclic, acyclic, saturated, unsaturated, aromatic, non-aromatic, etc.), any of which can optionally be substituted. In some examples, the composition comprises a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and 30% or more of the mixture (w / w) comprises C9-C20hydrocarbons (e.g., 31% or more, 32% or more, 33% or more, 34% or more, 35% or more, 36% or more, 37% or more, 38% or more, 39% or more, 40% or more, 41% or more, 42% or more, 43% or more, 44% or more, 45% or more, 46% or more, 47% or more, 48% or more, 49% or more, 50% or more, 51% or more, 52% or more, 53% or more, or 54% or more). In some examples, the composition comprises a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and 55% or less of the mixture (w / w) comprises C9-C20 hydrocarbons (e.g., 54% or less, 53% or less, 52% or less, 51% or less, 50% or less, 49% or less, 48% or less, 47% or less, 46% or less, 45% or less, 44% or less, 43% or less, 42% or less, 41% or less, 40% or less, 39% or less, 38% or less, 37% or less, 36% or less, 35% or less, 34% or less, 33% or less, 32% or less, or 31% or less). The amount of the mixture comprising C9-C20 hydrocarbons can range from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above. For example, the composition can comprise a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and from 30% to 55% of the mixture (w / w) can comprise C9- C20hydrocarbons (e.g., from 30% to 42.5%, from 42.5% to 55%, from 30% to 35%, from 35% to 40%, from 40% to 45%, from 45% to 50%, from 50% to 55%, from 30% to 50%, from 30% to 45%, from 30% to 40%, from 35% to 55%, from 40% to 55%, from 45% to 55%, from 31% to 54%, from 32% to 53%, or from 35% to 50%). In some examples, the composition can comprise a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and from 35% to 55% of the mixture (w / w) can comprise C9-C20 hydrocarbons. The composition comprises a mixture of different hydrocarbons (e.g., linear, branched, cyclic, acyclic, saturated, unsaturated, aromatic, non-aromatic, etc.), any of which can optionally be substituted. In some examples, the composition comprises a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and 15% or more of the mixture (w / w) comprises C21-C29hydrocarbons (e.g., 16% or more, 17% or more, 18% or more, 19% or more, 20% or more, 21% or more, 22% or more, 23% or more, 24% or more, 25% or more, 26% or more, 27% or more, 28% or more, 29% or more, 30% or more, 31% or more, 32% or more, 33% or more, 34% or more, 35% or more, 36% or more, 37% or more, 38% or more, or 39% or more). In some examples, the composition comprises a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and 40% or less of the mixture (w / w) comprises C21-C29 hydrocarbons (e.g., 39% or less, 38% or less, 37% or less, 36% or less, 35% or less, 34% or less, 33% or less, 32% or less, 31% or less, 30% or less, 29% or less, 28% or less, 27% or less, 26% or less, 25% or less, 24% or less, 23% or less, 22% or less, 21% or less, 20% or less, 19% or less, 18% or less, 17% or less, or 16% or less). The amount of the mixture comprising C21-C29hydrocarbons can range from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above. For example, the composition can comprise a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and from 15% to 40% of the mixture (w / w) can comprise C21- C29 hydrocarbons (e.g., from 15% to 27.5%, from 27.5% to 40%, from 15% to 20%, from 20% to 25%, from 25% to 30%, from 30% to 35%, from 35% to 40%, from 15% to 35%, from 15% to 30%, from 15% to 25%, from 20% to 40%, from 25% to 40%, from 30% to 40%, from 16% to 39%, from 17% to 38%, or from 20% to 35%). In some examples, the composition can comprise a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and from 20% to 40% of the mixture (w / w) can comprise C21-C29 hydrocarbons. The composition comprises a mixture of different hydrocarbons (e.g., linear, branched, cyclic, acyclic, saturated, unsaturated, aromatic, non-aromatic, etc.), any of which can optionally be substituted. In some examples, the composition comprises a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and 0% or more of the mixture (w / w) can comprise C30-C46 hydrocarbons (e.g., 0.5% or more, 1% or more, 1.5% or more, 2% or more, 2.5% or more, 3% or more, 3.5% or more, 4% or more, 4.5% or more, 5% or more, 5.5% or more, 6% or more, 6.5% or more, 7% or more, 7.5% or more, 8% or more, 8.5% or more, 9% or more, 9.5% or more, 10% or more, 10.5% or more, 11% or more, 11.5% or more, 12% or more, 12.5% or more, 13% or more, 13.5% or more, or 14% or more). In some examples, the composition comprises a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and 15% or less of the mixture (w / w) can comprise C30-C46hydrocarbons (e.g., 14.5% or less, 14% or less, 13.5% or less, 13 % or less, 12.5% or less, 12% or less, 11.5% or less, 11% or less, 10.5% or less, 10% or less, 9.5% or less, 9% or less, 8.5% or less, 8% or less, 7.5% or less, 7% or less, 6.5% or less, 6% or less, 5.5% or less, 5% or less, 4.5% or less, 4% or less, 3.5% or less, 3% or less, 2.5% or less, 2% or less, 1.5% or less, 1% or less, or 0.5% or less). The amount of the mixture comprising C30- C45 hydrocarbons can range from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above. For example, the composition can comprise a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and from 0% to 15% of the mixture (w / w) can comprise C30-C46 hydrocarbons (e.g., from 0% to 7.5%, from 7.5% to 15%, from 0% to 5%, from 5% to 10%, from 10% to 15%, from 0% to 14%, from 0% to 12%, from 0% to 10%, from 0% to 8%, from 0% to 6%, from 0% to 4%, from 0% to 2%, from 1% to 15%, from 3% to 15%, from 5% to 15%, from 7% to 15%, from 9% to 15%, from 11% to 15%, from 13% to 15%, from 1% to 14%, from 2% to 13%, or from 3% to 12%). In some examples, the composition can comprise a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and from 5% to 15% of the mixture (w / w) can comprise C30-C46 hydrocarbons. In some examples, the composition comprises a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and the mixture comprises: 7.5-25% (e.g., 10- 20%) C4-C8 hydrocarbons, 30-55% (e.g., 35-55%) C9-C20 hydrocarbons, 15-40% (e.g., 20- 40%) C21-C29 hydrocarbons, and 0-15% (e.g., 5-15%) C30-C46 hydrocarbons. In some examples, the composition comprises a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and the mixture comprises: 10-20% C4-C8 hydrocarbons, 35-55% C9-C20hydrocarbons, 20-40% C21-C29hydrocarbons, and 5-15% C30-C46hydrocarbons. In some examples, the composition comprises a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and the mixture is substantially free of C1-C4hydrocarbons. In some examples, the composition comprises a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and the mixture comprises saturated hydrocarbons (e.g., linear, branched, and / or cyclic alkanes), unsaturated (non-aromatic) hydrocarbons (e.g., linear, branched, and / or cyclic alkenes and / or alkynes), and aromatic hydrocarbons. For example, the composition comprises a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and the mixture comprises 80 wt.% or more saturated hydrocarbons (e.g., 81 wt.% or more, 82 wt.% or more, 83 wt.% or more, 84 wt.% or more, 85 wt.% or more, 86 wt.% or more, 87 wt.% or more, 88 wt.% or more, 89 wt.% or more, 90 wt.% or more, 91 wt.% or more, 92 wt.% or more, 93 wt.% or more, 94 wt.% or more, 95 wt.% or more, 96 wt.% or more, 97 wt.% or more, 98 wt.% or more, or 99 wt.% or more). In some examples, the composition comprises a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and the mixture comprises 100 wt.% or less saturated hydrocarbons (e.g., 99 wt.% or less, 98 wt.% or less, 97 wt.% or less, 96 wt.% or less, 95 wt.% or less, 94 wt.% or less, 93 wt.% or less, 92 wt.% or less, 91 wt.% or less, 90 wt.% or less, 89 wt.% or less, 88 wt.% or less, 87 wt.% or less, 86 wt.% or less, 85 wt.% or less, 84 wt.% or less, 83 wt.% or less, or 82 wt.% or less). The amount of the mixture comprising saturated hydrocarbons can range from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above. For example, the composition can comprise a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and from 80 wt.% to 100 wt.% of the mixture can comprise saturated hydrocarbons (e.g., from 80 wt.% to 90 wt.%, from 90 wt.% to 100 wt.%, from 80 wt.% to 85 wt.%, from 85 wt.% to 90 wt.%, from 90 wt.% to 95 wt.%, from 95 wt.% to 100 wt.%, from 80 wt.% to 98 wt.%, from 80 wt.% to 96 wt.%, from 80 wt.% to 94 wt.%, from 80 wt.% to 92 wt.%, from 80 wt.% to 88 wt.%, from 80 wt.% to 86 wt.%, from 80 wt.% to 84 wt.%, from 80 wt.% to 82 wt.%, from 82 wt.% to 100 wt.%, from 84 wt.% to 100 wt.%, from 86 wt.% to 100 wt.%, from 88 wt.% to 100 wt.%, from 92 wt.% to 100 wt.%, from 94 wt.% to 100 wt.%, from 96 wt.% to 100 wt.%, from 98 wt.% to 100 wt.%, from 82 wt.% to 98 wt.%, or from 85 wt.% to 95 wt.%). In some examples, the composition comprises a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and the mixture comprises 0 wt.% or more unsaturated (non-aromatic) hydrocarbons (e.g., 0.1 wt.% or more, 0.2 wt.% or more, 0.3 wt.% or more, 0.4 wt.% or more, 0.5 wt.% or more, 0.6 wt.% or more, 0.7 wt.% or more, 0.8 wt.% or more, 0.9 wt.% or more, 1 wt.% or more, 1.25 wt.% or more, 1.5 wt.% or more, 1.75 wt.% or more, 2 wt.% or more, 2.25 wt.% or more, 2.5 wt.% or more, 3 wt.% or more, 3.5 wt.% or more, or 4 wt.% or more). In some examples, the composition comprises a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and the mixture comprises 5 wt.% or less unsaturated (non-aromatic) hydrocarbons (e.g., 4.5 wt.% or less, 4 wt.% or less, 3.5 wt.% or less, 3 wt.% or less, 2.5 wt.% or less, 2.25 wt.% or less, 2 wt.% or less, 1.75 wt.% or less, 1.5 wt.% or less, 1.25 wt.% or less, 1 wt.% or less, 0.9 wt.% or less, 0.8 wt.% or less, 0.7 wt.% or less, 0.6 wt.% or less, 0.5 wt.% or less, 0.4 wt.% or less, 0.3 wt.% or less, or 0.2 wt.% or less). The amount of the mixture comprising unsaturated (non- aromatic) hydrocarbons can range from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above. For example, the composition can comprise a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and from 0 to 5 wt.% of the mixture can comprise unsaturated (non-aromatic) hydrocarbons (e.g., from 0 to 2.5 wt.%, from 2.5 to 5 wt.%, from 0 to 1 wt.%, from 1 to 2 wt.%, from 2 to 3 wt.%, from 3 to 4 wt.%, from 4 to 5 wt.%, from 0 to 4 wt.%, from 0 to 3 wt.%, from 0 to 2 wt.%, from 1 to 5 wt.%, from 2 to 5 wt.%, from 3 to 5 wt.%, from 0.5 to 4.5 wt.%, or from 1 to 4 wt.%). In some examples, the composition comprises a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and the mixture comprises 0 wt.% or more aromatic hydrocarbons (e.g., 0.1 wt.% or more, 0.2 wt.% or more, 0.3 wt.% or more, 0.4 wt.% or more, 0.5 wt.% or more, 0.6 wt.% or more, 0.7 wt.% or more, 0.8 wt.% or more, 0.9 wt.% or more, 1 wt.% or more, 1.25 wt.% or more, 1.5 wt.% or more, 1.75 wt.% or more, 2 wt.% or more, 2.25 wt.% or more, 2.5 wt.% or more, 3 wt.% or more, 3.5 wt.% or more, 4 wt.% or more, 4.5 wt.% or more, 5.5 wt.% or more, 6 wt.% or more, 6.5 wt.% or more, 7 wt.% or more, 7.5 wt.% or more, 8 wt.% or more, 8.5 wt.% or more, 9 wt.% or more, 9.5 wt.% or more, 10 wt.% or more, 10.5 wt.% or more, 11 wt.% or more, 11.5 wt.% or more, 12 wt.% or more, 12.5 wt.% or more, 13 wt.% or more, 13.5 wt.% or more, or 14 wt.% or more). In some examples, the composition comprises a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and the mixture comprises 15 wt.% or less aromatic hydrocarbons (e.g., 14.5 wt.% or less, 14 wt.% or less, 13.5 wt.% or less, 13 wt.% or less, 12.5 wt.% or less, 12 wt.% or less, 11.5 wt.% or less, 11 wt.% or less, 10.5 wt.% or less, 10 wt.% or less, 9.5 wt.% or less, 9 wt.% or less, 8.5 wt.% or less, 8 wt.% or less, 7.5 wt.% or less, 7 wt.% or less, 6.5 wt.% or less, 6 wt.% or less, 5.5 wt.% or less, 5 wt.% or less, 4.5 wt.% or less, 4 wt.% or less, 3.5 wt.% or less, 3 wt.% or less, 2.5 wt.% or less, 2.25 wt.% or less, 2 wt.% or less, 1.75 wt.% or less, 1.5 wt.% or less, 1.25 wt.% or less, 1 wt.% or less, 0.9 wt.% or less, 0.8 wt.% or less, 0.7 wt.% or less, 0.6 wt.% or less, 0.5 wt.% or less, 0.4 wt.% or less, 0.3 wt.% or less, or 0.2 wt.% or less). The amount of the mixture comprising aromatic hydrocarbons can range from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above. For example, the composition can comprise a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and from 0 to 15 wt.% of the mixture can comprise aromatic hydrocarbons (e.g., from 0 to 7.5 wt.%, from 7.5 to 15 wt.%, from 0 to 5 wt.%, from 5 to 10 wt.%, from 10 to 15 wt.%, from 0 to 14 wt.%, from 0 to 12 wt.%, from 0 to 10 wt.%, from 0 to 8 wt.%, from 0 to 6 wt.%, from 0 to 4 wt.%, from 0 to 2.5 wt.%, from 0 to 2 wt.%, from 0 to 1 wt.%, from 1 to 15 wt.%, from 2 to 15 wt.%, from 4 to 15 wt.%, from 6 to 15 wt.%, from 8 to 15 wt.%, from 12 to 15 wt.%, from 0.5 to 14.5 wt.%, or from 1 to 14 wt.%). In some examples, the composition comprises a mixture of different hydrocarbons, any of which can optionally be substituted, and the mixture comprises 80 – 100 wt.% saturated hydrocarbons; 0 – 5 wt.% unsaturated (non-aromatic) hydrocarbons; and 0 – 15 wt.% aromatic hydrocarbons. In some examples, the composition can include one or more contaminants. Contaminants can, for example, comprise an alkali metal, an alkaline earth metal, a transition metal, a basic metal, a semimetal, a nonmetal, a halogen, a salt or compound thereof, or a combination thereof. Examples of contaminants include, but are not limited to, lithium, sodium, beryllium, magnesium, calcium, strontium, titanium, vanadium, chromium, manganese, iron, cobalt, nickel, copper, zinc, molybdenum, cadmium, mercury, aluminum, titanium silicon, tin, lead, nitrogen, phosphorus, arsenic, antimony, oxygen, sulfur, selenium, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, compounds thereof, and combinations thereof. In some examples, the composition includes a contaminant comprising chloride, nitrogen, silicon, sodium, iron, phosphorus, sulfur, calcium, nickel, copper, vanadium, or a combination thereof. Contaminants are introduced during plastic formulation and manufacturing processes during the first life of plastic in conjunction with the source and collection method of the plastics. For example, chloride sources in used plastics can comprise PVDC layers. PVDC is often used as a layer or coating in food and pharmaceutical packaging applications because it provides excellent barrier properties against moisture, UV light, acids, salts, and detergents as well as having good transparency. Despite design for recyclability formulation changes, PVDC is forecasted to increase at 3.2% annually through 2028 in the US. Packaging converters produce a range of monolayer and multi-layer packaging. Both types can become mixed in recycled streams. Post-consumer sources will contain higher volumes of materials containing chloride sources that can be difficult to differentiate and remove through standard sorting techniques. Nitrogen sources used in plastics can, for example, be derived from pyrolysis of nylon (e.g., Nylon 6 (PA-6), Nylon-66 (PA-66) in used plastic sources, often from food and industrial packaging materials. Nylon is used in multi-layer flexible packing films to protect oxygen-sensitive foods or when excellent oil and grease resistance and high mechanical strength are required, such as for processed meats and fish, and cheese and other dairy products. Nylon also provides a wide cold to hot temperature range (e.g., -60°C to 150°C), which enables foods to move through freezer to the microwave / oven without packaging degradation. In industrial packaging, nylon is often used as a reinforcing layer to provide high mechanical strength and excellent abrasion and puncture resistance (for example, in polypropylene supersacks that contain a nylon interlayer or straps). Nitrogen can also come from protein (food) residue on plastics that arises from the amino acids in decomposed protein. Post-consumer sources will contain higher volumes of materials containing nitrogen sources that can be difficult to differentiate and remove through standard sorting techniques. Silicon sources in used plastics can, for example, comprise silica desiccant packages. In food packaging and processing plants, silicon products are widely used as release agents in a wide variety of materials and equipment, leaving residue on plastic surfaces. Silicon is also an additive that can be added to a wide range of materials to change the appearance, extrusion properties, and / or end-product characteristics; this applied to films as well as two- dimensional plastics. Post-consumer sources will contain higher volumes of materials containing silicon sources that can be difficult to differentiate and remove through standard sorting techniques. Silicon dioxide can be applied in a very thin coating to plastics, specifically polyethylene, polypropylene, and / or polystyrene, to act as a barrier layer to improve the shelf life of oxygen and moisture sensitive food. This thin coating can be applied by a vacuum or plasma deposition process; the barrier layer and the plastic forma covalent bond. The SiO2 barrier coatings are chemically inert and enable benefits in rigid and flexible food packaging applications, including, but not limited to, reducing oxygen and moisture permeability of plastics, ensuring aroma protection and retention of the smell and taste of contents, not sensitive to fluctuations in temperature and humidity, well-suited for pasteurization and sterilization processes, and can increase shelf life of foods without the addition of preservatives. The SiO2coatings are thin, e.g. significantly thinner than a human hair, and therefore have a negligible impact on the packing weight. For this reason, coated packaging is considered a mono-material that can be mechanically recycled. Recyclability initiatives are promoting the use of SiO2coatings as a replacement for PVDC and Nylon barriers in flexible and rigid packaging. Although these guidelines are intended for mechanically recycled plastics, several packaging forms and formulations are better suited for pyrolysis-based advanced recycling. SiO2 coatings have the potential to be the “gift that keeps on giving”, especially when used in rigid and flexible polyethylene and polypropylene plastics that are mechanically recycled initially, which, after a few cycles, will then eventually become the used plastic feedstocks for advanced recycling; the silicon is predicted to accumulate and carry forward into each successive application. Phosphorus-containing flame retardants are widely used in plastics where its rapid oxidation consumes all the oxygen present, thereby stopping the fire. Plastics commonly containing these flame retardants include, but are not limited to, engineered plastics, polyurethane foams, polyamides (e.g., nylon) and glass-fiber reinforced nylon, polyethylene and EVA co-polymers, and intumescent coatings on foams and polypropylene textiles. Phosphate esters are also used as flame retardant plasticizers in PVC, high impact polystyrene (HIPS), polycarbonate (PC), and acrylonitrile butadiene styrene (ABS). Phosphorus sources also include agricultural applications, such as residual glyphosate in HDPE containers and residual phosphorus fertilizers on ground-level films (e.g., mulch films). Post-consumer sources will contain higher volumes of materials containing phosphorus sources that can be difficult to differentiate and remove through standard sorting techniques. Sources of sulfur, calcium, sodium, iron, phosphorus, or a combination thereof are additives, surface residues, and residual contamination of the incoming post-consumer and / or post-industrial plastics. A wash step can potentially remove certain surface residues, but would add cost and complexity to the advanced (e.g., pyrolysis based) recycling process. Accordingly, post-consumer sources will contain higher volumes of materials containing sources of sulfur, calcium, sodium, iron, phosphorus, or a combination thereof that can be difficult to differentiate and remove through standard sorting techniques. Copper alloys are commonly and increasingly used to create molds for plastic injection molding processes due to their high thermal conductivity that removes hot spots, reduces warpage and reduces cycle time, ease of machining by a variety of processes, and corrosion resistance to water, cooling fluids and the plastics being injected. Copper alloys often contain nickel and silicon. Plastics manufactured in copper alloy molds can have residual amounts of copper, nickel, and silicon on their surface. In addition, the plating of plastic with nickel and copper can be an effective means of protecting a substrate against corrosion from environmental exposure and make it more resistant to damage from chemicals used in the manufacturing process. In some instances, the plating on plastic can increase the hardness, strength, and wear resistance of the substrate. The presence of copper and nickel on the surface of both pre-consumer and post-consumer sources can be difficult to differentiate and remove through standard sorting techniques. In some examples, the composition has a total chloride content of 500 ppm or less (e.g., 475 ppm or less, 450 ppm or less, 425 ppm or less, 400 ppm or less, 375 ppm or less, 350 ppm or less, 325 ppm or less, 300 ppm or less, 275 ppm or less, 250 ppm or less, 225 ppm or less, 200 ppm or less, 175 ppm or less, 150 ppm or less, 125 ppm or less, 100 ppm or less, 75 ppm or less, 50 ppm or less, 45 ppm or less, 40 ppm or less, 35 ppm or less, 30 ppm or less, 25 ppm or less, 20 ppm or less, 15 ppm or less, 10 ppm or less, 9 ppm or less, 8 ppm or less, 7 ppm or less, 6 ppm or less, 5 ppm or less, 4.5 ppm or less, 4 ppm or less, 3.5 ppm or less, 3 ppm or less, 2.5 ppm or less, 2 ppm or less, 1.5 ppm or less, 1 ppm or less, 0.75 ppm or less, 0.5 ppm or less, 0.25 ppm or less, 0.1 ppm or less, 0.075 ppm or less, 0.05 ppm or less, 0.025 ppm or less, 0.01 ppm or less, 0.0075 ppm or less, or 0.005 ppm or less). In some examples, the composition is substantially free of chlorides. The total chloride content of the composition can be determined using any suitable method. In some examples, the total chloride content of the composition is determined using the steps described in ASTM D 7359. The composition can, for example, have a nitrogen content of 600 ppm or less (e.g., 575 ppm or less, 550 ppm or less, 525 ppm or less, 500 ppm or less, 475 ppm or less, 450 ppm or less, 425 ppm or less, 400 ppm or less, 375 ppm or less, 350 ppm or less, 325 ppm or less, 300 ppm or less, 275 ppm or less, 250 ppm or less, 225 ppm or less, 200 ppm or less, 175 ppm or less, 150 ppm or less, 125 ppm or less, 100 ppm or less, 75 ppm or less, 50 ppm or less, 45 ppm or less, 40 ppm or less, 35 ppm or less, 30 ppm or less, 25 ppm or less, 20 ppm or less, 15 ppm or less, 10 ppm or less, 9 ppm or less, 8 ppm or less, 7 ppm or less, 6 ppm or less, 5 ppm or less, 4.5 ppm or less, 4 ppm or less, 3.5 ppm or less, 3 ppm or less, 2.5 ppm or less, 2 ppm or less, 1.5 ppm or less, 1 ppm or less, 0.75 ppm or less, 0.5 ppm or less, 0.25 ppm or less, 0.1 ppm or less, 0.075 ppm or less, 0.05 ppm or less, 0.025 ppm or less, 0.01 ppm or less, 0.0075 ppm or less, or 0.005 ppm or less). In some examples, the composition can be substantially free of nitrogen. The nitrogen content of the composition can be determined using any suitable method, such as those known in the art. In some examples, the nitrogen content of the composition is determined using the steps described in ASTM D 4629. The composition can, for example, have a silicon content of 2,000 ppm or less (e.g., 1900 ppm or less, 1,800 ppm or less, 1,700 ppm or less, 1,600 ppm or less, 1,500 ppm or less, 1,400 ppm or less, 1,300 ppm or less, 1,200 ppm or less, 1,100 ppm or less, 1,000 ppm or less, 950 ppm or less, 900 ppm or less, 850 ppm or less, 800 ppm or less, 750 ppm or less, 700 ppm or less, 650 ppm or less, 600 ppm or less, 550 ppm or less, 500 ppm or less, 475 ppm or less, 450 ppm or less, 425 ppm or less, 400 ppm or less, 375 ppm or less, 350 ppm or less, 325 ppm or less, 300 ppm or less, 275 ppm or less, 250 ppm or less, 225 ppm or less, 200 ppm or less, 175 ppm or less, 150 ppm or less, 125 ppm or less, 100 ppm or less, 75 ppm or less, 50 ppm or less, 45 ppm or less, 40 ppm or less, 35 ppm or less, 30 ppm or less, 25 ppm or less, 20 ppm or less, 15 ppm or less, 10 ppm or less, 9 ppm or less, 8 ppm or less, 7 ppm or less, 6 ppm or less, 5 ppm or less, 4.5 ppm or less, 4 ppm or less, 3.5 ppm or less, 3 ppm or less, 2.5 ppm or less, 2 ppm or less, 1.5 ppm or less, 1 ppm or less, 0.75 ppm or less, 0.5 ppm or less, 0.25 ppm or less, 0.1 ppm or less, 0.075 ppm or less, 0.05 ppm or less, 0.025 ppm or less, 0.01 ppm or less, 0.0075 ppm or less, or 0.005 ppm or less). In some examples, the composition can be substantially free of silicon. The silicon content of the composition can be determined using any suitable method, such as those known in the art. In some examples, the silicon content of the composition is determined using the steps described in ASTM D 5185. The composition can, for example, have a sodium content of 150 ppm or less (e.g., 125 ppm or less, 100 ppm or less, 75 ppm or less, 50 ppm or less, 45 ppm or less, 40 ppm or less, 35 ppm or less, 30 ppm or less, 25 ppm or less, 20 ppm or less, 15 ppm or less, 10 ppm or less, 9 ppm or less, 8 ppm or less, 7 ppm or less, 6 ppm or less, 5 ppm or less, 4.5 ppm or less, 4 ppm or less, 3.5 ppm or less, 3 ppm or less, 2.5 ppm or less, 2 ppm or less, 1.5 ppm or less, 1 ppm or less, 0.75 ppm or less, 0.5 ppm or less, 0.25 ppm or less, 0.1 ppm or less, 0.075 ppm or less, 0.05 ppm or less, 0.025 ppm or less, 0.01 ppm or less, 0.0075 ppm or less, or 0.005 ppm or less). In some examples, the composition is substantially free of sodium. The sodium content of the composition can be determined by any suitable method, such as those known in the art. In some examples, the sodium content of the composition is determined using the steps described in ASTM D 5185. The composition can, for example, have an iron content of 10 ppm or less (e.g., 9 ppm or less, 8 ppm or less, 7 ppm or less, 6 ppm or less, 5 ppm or less, 4.5 ppm or less, 4 ppm or less, 3.5 ppm or less, 3 ppm or less, 2.5 ppm or less, 2 ppm or less, 1.5 ppm or less, 1 ppm or less, 0.75 ppm or less, 0.5 ppm or less, 0.25 ppm or less, 0.1 ppm or less, 0.075 ppm or less, 0.05 ppm or less, 0.025 ppm or less, 0.01 ppm or less, 0.0075 ppm or less, or 0.005 ppm or less). In some examples, the composition is substantially free of iron. The iron content of the composition can be determined using any suitable method, such as those known in the art. In some examples, the iron content of the composition is determined using the steps described in ASTM D 5185. The composition can, for example, have a phosphorus content of 50 ppm or less (e.g., 45 ppm or less, 40 ppm or less, 35 ppm or less, 30 ppm or less, 25 ppm or less, 20 ppm or less, 15 ppm or less, 10 ppm or less, 9 ppm or less, 8 ppm or less, 7 ppm or less, 6 ppm or less, 5 ppm or less, 4.5 ppm or less, 4 ppm or less, 3.5 ppm or less, 3 ppm or less, 2.5 ppm or less, 2 ppm or less, 1.5 ppm or less, 1 ppm or less, 0.75 ppm or less, 0.5 ppm or less, 0.25 ppm or less, 0.1 ppm or less, 0.075 ppm or less, 0.05 ppm or less, 0.025 ppm or less, 0.01 ppm or less, 0.0075 ppm or less, or 0.005 ppm or less). In some examples, the composition can be substantially free of phosphorus. The phosphorus content of the composition can be determined using any suitable method, such as those known in the art. In some examples, the phosphorous content of the composition is determined using the steps described in ASTM D 5185. The composition can, for example, have a sulfur content of 500 ppm or less (e.g., 475 ppm or less, 450 ppm or less, 425 ppm or less, 400 ppm or less, 375 ppm or less, 350 ppm or less, 325 ppm or less, 300 ppm or less, 275 ppm or less, 250 ppm or less, 225 ppm or less, 200 ppm or less, 175 ppm or less, 150 ppm or less, 125 ppm or less, 100 ppm or less, 75 ppm or less, 50 ppm or less, 45 ppm or less, 40 ppm or less, 35 ppm or less, 30 ppm or less, 25 ppm or less, 20 ppm or less, 15 ppm or less, 10 ppm or less, 9 ppm or less, 8 ppm or less, 7 ppm or less, 6 ppm or less, 5 ppm or less, 4.5 ppm or less, 4 ppm or less, 3.5 ppm or less, 3 ppm or less, 2.5 ppm or less, 2 ppm or less, 1.5 ppm or less, 1 ppm or less, 0.75 ppm or less, 0.5 ppm or less, 0.25 ppm or less, 0.1 ppm or less, 0.075 ppm or less, 0.05 ppm or less, 0.025 ppm or less, 0.01 ppm or less, 0.0075 ppm or less, or 0.005 ppm or less). In some examples, the composition can be substantially free of sulfur. The sulfur content of the composition can be determined by any suitable methods, such as those known in the art. In some examples, the sulfur content of the composition is determined using the steps described in ASTM D 4294. The composition can, for example, have a calcium content of 50 ppm or less (e.g., 45 ppm or less, 40 ppm or less, 35 ppm or less, 30 ppm or less, 25 ppm or less, 20 ppm or less, 15 ppm or less, 10 ppm or less, 9 ppm or less, 8 ppm or less, 7 ppm or less, 6 ppm or less, 5 ppm or less, 4.5 ppm or less, 4 ppm or less, 3.5 ppm or less, 3 ppm or less, 2.5 ppm or less, 2 ppm or less, 1.5 ppm or less, 1 ppm or less, 0.75 ppm or less, 0.5 ppm or less, 0.25 ppm or less, 0.1 ppm or less, 0.075 ppm or less, 0.05 ppm or less, 0.025 ppm or less, 0.01 ppm or less, 0.0075 ppm or less, or 0.005 ppm or less). In some examples, the composition can be substantially free of calcium. The calcium content of the composition can be determined using any suitable methods, such as those known in the art. In some examples, the calcium content of the composition is determined using the steps described in ASTM D 5185. The composition can, for example, have a copper content of 10 ppm or less (e.g., 9 ppm or less, 8 ppm or less, 7 ppm or less, 6 ppm or less, 5 ppm or less, 4.5 ppm or less, 4 ppm or less, 3.5 ppm or less, 3 ppm or less, 2.5 ppm or less, 2 ppm or less, 1.5 ppm or less, 1 ppm or less, 0.75 ppm or less, 0.5 ppm or less, 0.25 ppm or less, 0.1 ppm or less, 0.075 ppm or less, 0.05 ppm or less, 0.025 ppm or less, 0.01 ppm or less, 0.0075 ppm or less, or 0.005 ppm or less). In some examples, the composition can be substantially free of copper. The copper content of the composition can be determined using any suitable method, such as those known in the art. In some examples, the copper content of the composition is determined using the steps described in ASTM D 5185. The composition can, for example, have a nickel content of 250 ppm or less (e.g., 225 ppm or less, 200 ppm or less, 175 ppm or less, 150 ppm or less, 125 ppm or less, 100 ppm or less, 75 ppm or less, 50 ppm or less, 45 ppm or less, 40 ppm or less, 35 ppm or less, 30 ppm or less, 25 ppm or less, 20 ppm or less, 15 ppm or less, 10 ppm or less, 9 ppm or less, 8 ppm or less, 7 ppm or less, 6 ppm or less, 5 ppm or less, 4.5 ppm or less, 4 ppm or less, 3.5 ppm or less, 3 ppm or less, 2.5 ppm or less, 2 ppm or less, 1.5 ppm or less, 1 ppm or less, 0.75 ppm or less, 0.5 ppm or less, 0.25 ppm or less, 0.1 ppm or less, 0.075 ppm or less, 0.05 ppm or less, 0.025 ppm or less, 0.01 ppm or less, 0.0075 ppm or less, or 0.005 ppm or less). In some examples, the composition can be substantially free of nickel. The nickel content of the composition can be determined using any suitable method, such as those known in the art. In some examples, the nickel content of the composition is determined using the steps described in ASTM D 5185. The composition can, for example, have a vanadium content of 25 ppm or less (e.g., 20 ppm or less, 15 ppm or less, 10 ppm or less, 9 ppm or less, 8 ppm or less, 7 ppm or less, 6 ppm or less, 5 ppm or less, 4.5 ppm or less, 4 ppm or less, 3.5 ppm or less, 3 ppm or less, 2.5 ppm or less, 2 ppm or less, 1.5 ppm or less, 1 ppm or less, 0.75 ppm or less, 0.5 ppm or less, 0.25 ppm or less, 0.1 ppm or less, 0.075 ppm or less, 0.05 ppm or less, 0.025 ppm or less, 0.01 ppm or less, 0.0075 ppm or less, or 0.005 ppm or less). In some examples, the composition can be substantially free of vanadium. The vanadium content of the composition can be determined using any suitable method, such as those known in the art. In some examples, the vanadium content of the composition is determined using the steps described in ASTM D 5185. In some examples, the composition has a total chloride content of 500 ppm or less; a nitrogen content of 600 ppm or less; and a silicon content of 2,000 ppm or less. In some examples, the composition has a total chloride content of 500 ppm or less; a nitrogen content of 600 ppm or less; a silicon content of 2,000 ppm or less; and a sodium content of 150 ppm or less. In some examples, the composition has a total chloride content of 500 ppm or less; a nitrogen content of 600 ppm or less; a silicon content of 2,000 ppm or less; a sodium content of 150 ppm or less; an iron content of 10 ppm or less; a sulfur content of 500 ppm or less; and a calcium content of 50 ppm or less. In some examples, the composition has a total chloride content of 500 ppm or less; a nitrogen content of 600 ppm or less; a silicon content of 2,000 ppm or less; a sodium content of 150 ppm or less; an iron content of 10 ppm or less; a phosphorus content of 50 ppm or less; a sulfur content of 500 ppm or less; and a calcium content of 50 ppm or less. In some examples, the composition has a total chloride content of 500 ppm or less; a nitrogen content of 600 ppm or less; a silicon content of 2,000 ppm or less; a sodium content of 150 ppm or less; an iron content of 10 ppm or less; a phosphorus content of 50 ppm or less; a sulfur content of 500 ppm or less; a calcium content of 50 ppm or less; a copper content of 10 ppm or less; a nickel content of 250 ppm or less; and a vanadium content of 25 ppm or less. The composition can, for example, have a water by distillation amount of 0.5 vol.% or less (e.g., 0.45 vol.% or less, 0.4 vol.% or less, 0.35 vol.% or less, 0.3 vol.% or less, 0.25 vol.% or less, 0.2 vol.% or less, 0.15 vol.% or less, 0.1 vol.% or less, 0.075 vol.% or less, 0.05 vol.% or less, 0.025 vol.% or less, or 0.01 vol.% or less). In some examples, the composition can have a water by distillation amount of 0 vol.% or more (e.g., 0.01 vol.% or more, 0.025 vol.% or more, 0.05 vol.% or more, 0.075 vol.% or more, 0.1 vol.% or more, 0.15 vol.% or more, 0.2 vol.% or more, 0.25 vol.% or more, 0.3 vol.% or more, 0.35 vol.% or more, or 0.4 vol.% or more). The amount of water by distillation in the composition can range from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above. For example, the composition can have a water by distillation amount of from 0 to 0.5 vol.% (e.g., from 0 to 0.25 vol.%, from 0.25 to 0.5 vol.%, from 0 to 0.1 vol.%, from 0.1 to 0.2 vol.%, from 0.2 to 0.3 vol.%, from 0.3 to 0.4 vol.%, from 0.4 to 0.5 vol.%, from 0 to 0.4 vol.%, from 0 to 0.3 vol.%, from 0 to 0.2 vol.%, from 0 to 0.05 vol.%, or from 0 to 0.01 vol.%). The amount of water by distillation in the composition can be determined by any suitable method, such as those known in the art. In some examples, the water by distillation amount in the composition is determined using the steps described in ASTM D 95. The composition can, for example, have a total sediment content of 0.5 vol.% or less (e.g., 0.45 vol.% or less, 0.4 vol.% or less, 0.35 vol.% or less, 0.3 vol.% or less, 0.25 vol.% or less, 0.2 vol.% or less, 0.15 vol.% or less, 0.1 vol.% or less, 0.075 vol.% or less, 0.05 vol.% or less, 0.025 vol.% or less, or 0.01 vol.% or less). In some examples, the composition can have a total sediment content of 0 vol.% or more (e.g., 0.01 vol.% or more, 0.025 vol.% or more, 0.05 vol.% or more, 0.075 vol.% or more, 0.1 vol.% or more, 0.15 vol.% or more, 0.2 vol.% or more, 0.25 vol.% or more, 0.3 vol.% or more, 0.35 vol.% or more, or 0.4 vol.% or more). The total sediment content of the composition can range from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above. For example, the composition can have a total sediment content of from 0 to 0.5 vol.% (e.g., from 0 to 0.25 vol.%, from 0.25 to 0.5 vol.%, from 0 to 0.1 vol.%, from 0.1 to 0.2 vol.%, from 0.2 to 0.3 vol.%, from 0.3 to 0.4 vol.%, from 0.4 to 0.5 vol.%, from 0 to 0.4 vol.%, from 0 to 0.3 vol.%, from 0 to 0.2 vol.%, from 0 to 0.05 vol.%, or from 0 to 0.01 vol.%). The total sediment content of the composition can be determined by any suitable method, such as those known in the art. In some examples, the total sediment content of the composition is determined using the steps described in ASTM D 4870. The composition can, for example, have an n-heptane insoluble content of 0.5 wt.% or less (e.g., 0.45 wt.% or less, 0.4 wt.% or less, 0.35 wt.% or less, 0.3 wt.% or less, 0.25 wt.% or less, 0.2 wt.% or less, 0.15 wt.% or less, 0.1 wt.% or less, 0.075 wt.% or less, 0.05 wt.% or less, 0.025 wt.% or less, or 0.01 wt.% or less). In some examples, the composition can have an n-heptane insoluble content of 0 wt.% or more (e.g., 0.01 wt.% or more, 0.025 wt.% or more, 0.05 wt.% or more, 0.075 wt.% or more, 0.1 wt.% or more, 0.15 wt.% or more, 0.2 wt.% or more, 0.25 wt.% or more, 0.3 wt.% or more, 0.35 wt.% or more, or 0.4 wt.% or more). The n-heptane insoluble content of the composition can range from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above. For example, the composition can have an n-heptane insoluble content of from 0 to 0.5 wt.% (e.g., from 0 to 0.25 wt.%, from 0.25 to 0.5 wt.%, from 0 to 0.1 wt.%, from 0.1 to 0.2 wt.%, from 0.2 to 0.3 wt.%, from 0.3 to 0.4 wt.%, from 0.4 to 0.5 wt.%, from 0 to 0.4 wt.%, from 0 to 0.3 wt.%, from 0 to 0.2 wt.%, from 0 to 0.05 wt.%, or from 0 to 0.01 wt.%). The n-heptane insoluble content of the composition can be determined by any suitable method, such as those known in the art. In some examples, the n-heptane insoluble content of the composition is determined using the steps described in ASTM D 3279. The composition can, for example, have a total acid number of 1 mg KOH / g or less (e.g., 0.9 mg KOH / g or less, 0.8 mg KOH / g or less, 0.7 mg KOH / g or less, 0.6 mg KOH / g or less, 0.5 mg KOH / g or less, 0.4 mg KOH / g or less, 0.3 mg KOH / g or less, 0.2 mg KOH / g or less, or 0.1 mg KOH / g or less). In some examples, the composition can have a total acid number of 0 mg KOH / g or more (e.g., 0.1 mg KOH / g or more, 0.2 mg KOH / g or more, 0.3 mg KOH / g or more, 0.4 mg KOH / g or more, 0.5 mg KOH / g or more, 0.6 mg KOH / g or more, 0.7 mg KOH / g or more, 0.8 mg KOH / g or more, or 0.9 mg KOH / g or more). The total acid number of the composition can range from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above. For example, the composition can have a total acid number of from 0 to 1 mg KOH / g (e.g., from 0 to 0.5 mg KOH / g, from 0.5 to 1 mg KOH / g, from 0 to 0.2 mg KOH / g, from 0.2 to 0.4 mg KOH / g, from 0.4 to 0.6 mg KOH / g, from 0.6 to 0.8 mg KOH / g, from 0.8 to 1 mg KOH / g, from 0 to 0.8 mg KOH / g, from 0 to 0.6 mg KOH / g, from 0 to 0.4 mg KOH / g, or from 0 to 0.1 mg KOH / g). The total acid number of the composition can be determined using any suitable method, such as those known in the art. In some examples, the total acid number of the composition is determined using the steps described in ASTM D 664. The composition can, for example, have a Reid Vapor Pressure of 12.5 psig or less (e.g., 12 psig or less, 11.5 psig or less, 11 psig or less, 10.5 psig or less, 10 psig or less, 9.5 psig or less, 9 psig or less, 8.5 psig or less, 8 psig or less, 7.5 psig or less, 7 psig or less, 6.5 psig or less, 6 psig or less, 5.5 psig or less, 5 psig or less, 4.5 psig or less, 4 psig or less, 3.5 psig or less, 3 psig or less, or 2.5 psig or less). In some examples, the composition can have a Reid Vapor Pressure of 2 psig or more (e.g., 2.5 psig or more, 3 psig or more, 3.5 psig or more, 4 psig or more, 4.5 psig or more, 5 psig or more, 5.5 psig or more, 6 psig or more, 6.5 psig or more, 7 psig or more, 7.5 psig or more, 8 psig or more, 8.5 psig or more, 9 psig or more, 9.5 psig or more, 10 psig or more, 10.5 psig or more, or 11 psig or more). The Reid Vapor Pressure of the composition can range from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above. For example, the composition can have a Reid Vapor Pressure of from 2 to 12.5 psig (e.g., from 5 to 7 psig, from 7 to 12.5 psig, from 2 to 4 psig, from 4 to 6 psig, from 6 to 8 psig, from 8 to 10 psig, from 10 to 12.5 psig, from 2 to 12 psig, from 2 to 11 psig, from 2 to 10 psig, from 2 to 9 psig, from 2 to 8 psig, from 2 to 6 psig, from 2 to 5 psig, from 3 to 12.5 psig, from 4 to 12.5 psig, from 5 to 12.5 psig, from 6 to 12.5 psig, from 7 to 12.5 psig, from 8 to 12.5 psig, from 9 to 12.5 psig, from 3 to 12 psig, from 5 to 11 psig, or from 7 to 10 psig). The Reid Vapor Pressure of the composition can be determined using any suitable method, such as those known in the art. In some examples, the Reid Vapor Pressure of the composition is determined using the steps described in ASTM D 5191. In some examples, the composition has a Reid Vapor Pressure of 12.5 or less, a total chloride content of 500 ppm or less; a nitrogen content of 600 ppm or less; and a silicon content of 2,000 ppm or less. In some examples, the composition has a Reid Vapor Pressure of 12.5 or less, a total chloride content of 500 ppm or less; a nitrogen content of 600 ppm or less; a silicon content of 2,000 ppm or less; and a sodium content of 150 ppm or less. In some examples, the composition has a Reid Vapor Pressure of 12.5 or less, a total chloride content of 500 ppm or less; a nitrogen content of 600 ppm or less; a silicon content of 2,000 ppm or less; a sodium content of 150 ppm or less; an iron content of 10 ppm or less; a sulfur content of 500 ppm or less; and a calcium content of 50 ppm or less. In some examples, the composition has a Reid Vapor Pressure of 12.5 or less, a total chloride content of 500 ppm or less; a nitrogen content of 600 ppm or less; a silicon content of 2,000 ppm or less; a sodium content of 150 ppm or less; an iron content of 10 ppm or less; a phosphorus content of 50 ppm or less; a sulfur content of 500 ppm or less; and a calcium content of 50 ppm or less. In some examples, the composition has a Reid Vapor Pressure of 12.5 or less, total chloride content of 500 ppm or less; a nitrogen content of 600 ppm or less; a silicon content of 2,000 ppm or less; a sodium content of 150 ppm or less; an iron content of 10 ppm or less; a phosphorus content of 50 ppm or less; a sulfur content of 500 ppm or less; a calcium content of 50 ppm or less; a copper content of 10 ppm or less; a nickel content of 250 ppm or less; and a vanadium content of 25 ppm or less. In some examples, the compositions disclosed herein can comprise any of the waxes and / or any of the oils disclosed herein. Also disclosed herein are compositions comprising any of waxes disclosed herein and any of the oils disclosed herein. For example, the composition can comprise 50% or more of the oil by volume (e.g., 51% or more, 52% or more, 53% or more, 54% or more, 55% or more, 56% or more, 57% or more, 58% or more, 59% or more, 60% or more, 61% or more, 62% or more, 63% or more, 64% or more, 65% or more, 66% or more, 67% or more, 68% or more, or 69% or more). In some examples, the composition can comprise 70% or less of the oil by volume (e.g., 69% or less, 68% or less, 67% or less, 66% or less, 65% or less, 64% or less, 63% or less, 62% or less, 61% or less, 60% or less, 59% or less, 58% or less, 57% or less, 56% or less, 55% or less, 54% or less, 53% or less, 52% or less, or 51% or less). The amount of oil by volume in the composition can range from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above. For example, the composition can comprise from 50% to 70% of the oil by volume (e.g., from 50% to 60%, from 60% to 70%, from 50% to 55%, from 55% to 60%, from 60% to 65%, from 65% to 70%, from 50% to 65%, from 55% to 70%, or from 55% to 65%). In some examples, the composition can comprise 30% or more of the wax by volume (e.g., 31% or more, 32% or more, 33% or more, 34% or more, 35% or more, 36% or more, 37% or more, 38% or more, 39% or more, 40% or more, 41% or more, 42% or more, 43% or more, 44% or more, 45% or more, 46% or more, 47% or more, 48% or more, or 49% or more). In some examples, the composition can comprise 50% or less of the wax by volume (e.g., 49% or less, 48% or less, 47% or less, 46% or less, 45% or less, 44% or less, 43% or less, 42% or less, 41% or less, 40% or less, 39% or less, 38% or less, 37% or less, 36% or less, 35% or less, 34% or less, 33% or less, 32% or less, or 31% or less). The amount of wax by volume in the composition can range from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above. For example, the composition can comprise from 30% to 50% of the wax by volume (e.g., from 30% to 40%, from 40% to 50%, from 30% to 35%, from 35% to 40%, from 40% to 45%, from 45% to 50%, from 30% to 45%, from 35% to 50%, or from 35% to 45%). For example, the composition can comprise 50-70% of the oil and 30-50% of the wax by volume. For example, the composition can comprise 65% oil and 35% wax by volume. In some examples, the composition comprises 50% oil and 50% wax by volume. In some examples, the composition comprises a blend of the wax and the oil. Systems and Methods of Making Also disclosed herein are methods of making any of the compositions (e.g., waxes, oil, blends, etc.) described herein. For example, disclosed herein are systems and methods for making hydrocarbon based compositions derived from pyrolysis of a feedstock comprising post-consumer and / or post-industrial plastics, such as any of the compositions described herein above. In some examples, the compositions disclosed herein can comprise a wax, an oil, or a combination thereof. Recycling of plastics via pyrolysis is a technology that generates products with a broad range of quality dependent upon a variety of factors, including the feedstock and manufacturing process. Pyrolysis depolymerizes plastics into products comprised of building block molecules. Contaminants are introduced during plastic formulation and manufacturing processes during the first life of plastic and may also be introduced during the sourcing and collection of plastics. For example, described herein are systems and methods for plastic to liquids conversion that can accept, for example, polyethylene, polypropylene, and / or polystyrene plastics that are neither suitable nor desirable for conventional (mechanical) plastic recycling. The plastic is thermally converted to liquid (e.g., oil) and wax hydrocarbon products. The hydrocarbon products can, for example, be used in the production of new plastics through conventional hydrocarbon cracking units. The hydrocarbon products can, for example, also be used as an alternative for naphtha, fuel, etc. The systems and methods herein can also produce char / coke and combustible gases, e.g. as products or byproducts. Plastics that are typically received would have otherwise been destined for disposal at a landfill or waste to energy plant because of their physical form and / or make-up prevents them from being effectively recycled by current conventional (mechanical) recycling means. Most film plastics fall into this category, as do others that have intermixed types of plastic resins or simply have contaminants (such as paper labels, organic food residue, functional additives, colorants, etc.) that make conventional (mechanical) recycling uneconomical. The systems and / or methods described herein can, for example, operate on an industrial scale. In some examples, the systems and / or methods described herein can process 5 metric tons or more of plastic feedstock per day (e.g., 5.5 metric tons or more, 6 metric tons or more, 6.5 metric tons or more, 7 metric tons or more, 7.5 metric tons or more, 8 metric tons or more, 8.5 metric tons or more, 9 metric tons or more, 9.5 metric tons or more, 10 metric tons or more, 11 metric tons or more, 12 metric tons or more, 13 metric tons or more, 14 metric tons or more, 15 metric tons or more, 20 metric tons or more, 25 metric tons or more, 30 metric tons or more, 35 metric tons or more, 40 metric tons or more, 45 metric tons or more, 50 metric tons or more, 60 metric tons or more, 70 metric tons or more, 80 metric tons or more, 90 metric tons or more, 100 metric tons or more, 125 metric tons or more, 150 metric tons or more, 175 metric tons or more, 200 metric tons or more, 225 metric tons or more, 250 metric tons or more, 300 metric tons or more, 350 metric tons or more, 400 metric tons or more, 450 metric tons or more, 500 metric tons or more, 600 metric tons or more, 700 metric tons or more, 800 metric tons or more, or 900 metric tons or more). In some examples, the systems and methods described herein can process 1,000 metric tons or less of plastic feedstock per day (e.g., 900 metric tons or less, 800 metric tons or less, 700 metric tons or less, 600 metric tons or less, 500 metric tons or less, 450 metric tons or less, 400 metric tons or less, 350 metric tons or less, 300 metric tons or less, 250 metric tons or less, 225 metric tons or less, 200 metric tons or less, 175 metric tons or less, 150 metric tons or less, 125 metric tons or less, 100 metric tons or less, 90 metric tons or less, 80 metric tons or less, 70 metric tons or less, 60 metric tons or less, 50 metric tons or less, 45 metric tons or less, 40 metric tons or less, 35 metric tons or less, 30 metric tons or less, 25 metric tons or less, 20 metric tons or less, 15 metric tons or less, 14 metric tons or less, 13 metric tons or less, 12 metric tons or less, 11 metric tons or less, 10 metric tons or less, 9.5 metric tons or less, 9 metric tons or less, 8.5 metric tons or less, 8 metric tons or less, 7.5 metric tons or less, 7 metric tons or less, 6.5 metric tons or less, or 6 metric tons or less). The amount of plastic feedstock processed by the systems and / or methods herein can range from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above. For example, the systems and / or methods described herein can process from 5 to 1,000 metric tons of plastic feedstock per day (e.g., from 5 to 500 metric tons, from 500 to 1,000 metric tons, from 5 to 200 metric tons, from 200 to 400 metric tons, from 400 to 600 metric tons, from 600 to 800 metric tons, from 800 to 1,000 metric tons, from 5 to 800 metric tons, from 5 to 600 metric tons, from 5 to 400 metric tons, from 5 to 100 metric tons, from 5 to 50 metric tons, from 5 to 25 metric tons, from 10 to 1,000 metric tons, from 25 to 1,000 metric tons, from 50 to 1,000 metric tons, from 100 to 1,000 metric tons, from 200 to 1,000 metric tons, from 400 to 1,000 metric tons, from 600 to 1,000 metric tons, from 10 to 900 metric tons, from 15 to 800 metric tons, from 25 to 750 metric tons, or from 50 to 500 metric tons). In some examples, the systems and / or methods described herein can produce 10,000 gallons of pyrolysis product (e.g., oil and / or wax, etc.) or more in an amount of time (e.g., 11,000 gallons or more, 12,000 gallons or more, 13,000 gallons or more, 14,000 gallons or more, 15,000 gallons or more, 20,000 gallons or more, 25,000 gallons or more, 30,000 gallons or more, 35,000 gallons or more, 40,000 gallons or more, 45,000 gallons or more, 50,000 gallons or more, 60,000 gallons or more, 70,000 gallons or more, 80,000 gallons or more, 90,000 gallons or more, 100,000 gallons or more, 125,000 gallons or more, 150,000 gallons or more, 175,000 gallons or more, 200,000 gallons or more, 225,000 gallons or more, 250,000 gallons or more, 300,000 gallons or more; 350,000 gallons or more, 400,000 gallons or more, 450,000 gallons or more, 500,000 gallons or more, 600,000 gallons or more, 700,000 gallons or more, 800,000 gallons or more, or 900,000 gallons or more). In some examples, the systems and / or methods described herein can produce 1,000,000 gallons or less of pyrolysis product (e.g., oil and / or wax, etc.) or more in an amount of time (e.g., 900,000 gallons or less, 800,000 gallons or less, 700,000 gallons or less, 600,000 gallons or less, 500,000 gallons or less, 450,000 gallons or less, 400,000 gallons or less, 350,000 gallons or less, 300,000 gallons or less, 250,000 gallons or less, 225,000 gallons or less, 200,000 gallons or less, 175,000 gallons or less, 150,000 gallons or less, 125,000 gallons or less, 100,000 gallons or less, 90,000 gallons or less, 80,000 gallons or less, 70,000 gallons or less, 60,000 gallons or less, 50,000 gallons or less, 45,000 gallons or less, 40,000 gallons or less, 35,000 gallons or less, 30,000 gallons or less, 25,000 gallons or less, 20,000 gallons or less, 15,000 gallons or less, 14,000 gallons or less, 13,000 gallons or less, or 12,000 gallons or less). The amount of pyrolysis product produced in the amount of time by the systems and / or methods described herein can range from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above. For example, the systems and / or methods described herein can produce from 10,000 to 1,000,000 gallons of pyrolysis product (e.g., oil and / or wax, etc.) or more in an amount of time (e.g., from 10,000 to 500,000 gallons, from 500,000 to 1,000,000 gallons, from 10,000 to 200,000 gallons, from 200,000 to 400,000 gallons, from 400,000 to 600,000 gallons, from 600,000 to 800,000 gallons, from 800,000 to 1,000,000 gallons, from 10,000 to 800,000 gallons, from 10,000 to 600,000 gallons, from 10,000 to 400,000 gallons, from 10,000 to 200,000 gallons, from 10,000 to 100,000 gallons, from 10,000 to 50,000 gallons, from 10,000 to 25,000 gallons, from 25,000 to 1,000,000 gallons, from 50,000 to 1,000,000 gallons, from 100,000 to 1,000,000 gallons, from 200,000 to 1,000,000 gallons, from 400,000 to 1,000,000 gallons, from 600,000 to 1,000,000 gallons, from 15,000 to 900,000 gallons, or from 20,000 to 800,000 gallons). The amount of time in which the pyrolysis product is produced by the systems and / or methods can, for example, be 5 days or more (e.g., 6 days or more, 7 days or more, 8 days or more, 9 days or more, 10 days or more, 11 days or more, 12 days or more, 13 days or more, 14 days or more, 15 days or more, 16 days or more, 17 days or more, 18 days or more, 19 days or more, 20 days or more, 21 days or more, 22 days or more, 23 days or more, 24 days or more, 25 days or more, 26 days or more, 27 days or more, 28 days or more, 29 days or more, 30 days or more, 35 days or more, 40 days or more, 45 days or more, 50 days or more, 60 days or more, 70 days or more, or 80 days or more). In some examples, the amount of time in which the pyrolysis product is produced by the systems and / or methods can be 90 days or less (e.g., 80 days or less, 70 days or less, 60 days or less, 50 days or less, 45 days or less, 40 days or less, 35 days or less, 30 days or less, 29 days or less, 28 days or less, 27 days or less, 26 days or less, 25 days or less, 24 days or less, 23 days or less, 22 days or less, 21 days or less, 20 days or less, 19 days or less, 18 days or less, 17 days or less, 16 days or less, 15 days or less, 14 days or less, 13 days or less, 12 days or less, 11 days or less, 10 days or less, 9 days or less, 8 days or less, or 7 days or less). The amount of time in which the pyrolysis product is produced by the systems and / or methods can range from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above. For example, the amount of time in which the pyrolysis product is produced by the systems and / or methods can be from 5 to 90 days (e.g., from 4 to 45 days, from 45 to 90 days, from 5 to 30 days, from 30 to 60 days, from 60 to 90 days, from 5 to 80 days, from 5 to 70 days, from 5 to 60 days, from 5 to 50 days, from 5 to 40 days, from 5 to 21 days, from 5 to 14 days, from 5 to 10 days, from 7 to 90 days, from 10 to 90 days, from 14 to 90 days, from 21 to 90 days, from 30 to 90 days, from 40 to 90 days, from 50 to 90 days, from 70 to 90 days, from 7 to 80 days, or from 10 to 60 days). In some examples, the systems and / or methods described herein can process from 5 to 1,000 metric tons per day of plastic feedstock and produce from 10,000 to 1,000,000 gallons of pyrolysis product (e.g., oil, wax, or a combination thereof) per 5 to 90 days. In some examples, the systems and / or methods described herein can produce 10,000 gallons of pyrolysis product (e.g., oil and / or wax, etc.) or more in an amount of time Figures 1-5 are block flow diagrams of example systems and methods described herein. The systems and methods can, for example, include intake of plastic feedstock, sorting and / or reducing the size of the plastic feedstock, followed by pyrolysis and / or removal of contaminants to produce the hydrocarbon product, which can optionally be post- treated. Figure 1 depicts an example system S100a for pyrolyzing plastic feedstock comprising post-consumer and / or post-industrial plastics. In the illustrated implementation of Figure 1, the system S100a comprises a plastic feedstock infeed apparatus S102, a size reduction and / or sorting apparatus S104, a pyrolysis and / or contaminant removal apparatus S108, and one or more optional post-treatment and / or contaminant removal apparatuses S114a, S114b. As shown in Figure 1, the plastic feedstock infeed apparatus S102 is configured for receiving plastic feedstock (e.g., plastic feedstock deposited into the plastic feedstock infeed apparatus S102). In various implementations, the plastic feedstock received by the plastic feedstock infeed apparatus S102 can include any of the feedstocks described in the “Feedstock” section herein (e.g., post-consumer and / or post-industrial plastics). In various implementations, the plastic feedstock infeed apparatus S102 may comprise an infeed conveyer, for example, as described in the “Infeed” section herein. As depicted in Figure 1, the plastic feedstock can be fed into the system S100a via the plastic feedstock infeed apparatus S102. In the illustrated implementation, the plastic infeed apparatus S102 directs the plastic feedstock to the size reduction and / or sorting apparatus S104 (e.g., via a conveyor). In various implementations, the size reduction and / or sorting apparatus S104 is configured for reducing the size of the plastic feedstock and / or sorting the plastic feedstock from contaminants. For example, in the illustrated implementation of Figure 1, contaminants S106 are removed from the plastic feedstock. In some implementations, the size reduction and / or sorting apparatus S104 may not remove contaminants. In various implementations, the size reduction and / or sorting apparatus S104 may comprise any of the sorting apparatuses or devices described in the “Sorting” section herein and / or any of the size reduction apparatuses or devices described in the “Size Reduction” section herein, either alone or in combination. Following size reduction and / or sorting of the plastic feedstock, the size reduction and / or sorting apparatus S104 then directs the plastic feedstock into a pyrolysis and / or contaminant removal apparatus S108 as shown in Figure 1. The pyrolysis and / or contaminant removal apparatus S108 is generally configured for pyrolyzing the plastic feedstock to generate a product S112 (e.g., hydrocarbon vapor). Optionally, the pyrolysis and / or contaminant removal apparatus S108 may be configured for removing vent gas and / or contaminants S110. In various implementations, the pyrolysis and / or contaminant removal apparatus S108 may comprise one or more of the pyrolysis and / or contaminant removal apparatuses or devices described in the “Melting, Removal of Contaminants, and / or Pyrolysis,” “Extruders,” and “Pyrolysis Reactors” sections herein. In various implementations, the product S112 shown in Figure 1 may comprise any of the compositions described in the “Compositions” section herein. For example, in some implementations, the product S112 may comprise a condensable portion that is condensable at ambient pressure (e.g., wax and / or oil) and / or a non-condensable portion that is not condensable at ambient pressure (e.g., gas, for example, the gas described in the “Pyrolysis Reactors” and “Vaporized Product Removal” sections herein). In some implementations, if the product S112 includes a condensable portion, the condensable portion or a portion thereof may be recycled back into the pyrolysis and / or contaminant removal apparatus S108, for example, to be further pyrolyzed into a non-condensable product (e.g., gas, for example, the gas described in the “Pyrolysis Reactors” and “Vaporized Product Removal” sections herein). In some examples, the product S112 may be directly generated by the pyrolysis and / or contaminant removal apparatus S108. In other examples, the product S112 may be generated by the optional post-treatment and / or contaminant removal apparatus S114a (e.g., configured for performing post-treatment or contaminant removal following the pyrolysis and / or contaminant removal apparatus S108). In other examples, the product S112 may be directly generated by the pyrolysis and / or contaminant removal apparatus S108 and also be further processed by an optional post-treatment and / or contaminant removal apparatus S114b. In other examples, the product S112 may be generated by the optional post-treatment and / or contaminant removal apparatus S114a after the pyrolysis and / or contaminant removal apparatus S108 and also be further processed by the optional post-treatment and / or contaminant removal apparatus S114b. In various implementations, the optional post- treatment and / or contaminant removal apparatuses S114a, S114b can include any of the post- treatment apparatuses or devices described in the “Post-Treatment” section herein and / or any of the contaminant removal apparatuses and devices described in the “Melting, Removal of Contaminants, and / or Pyrolysis” section herein. Figure 2 depicts another example system S100b for pyrolyzing plastic feedstock comprising post-consumer and / or post-industrial plastics (like numbers refer to like elements previously described with respect to the system S100a of Figure 1). In the illustrated implementation of Figure 2, the system S100b comprises the plastic feedstock infeed apparatus S102, the size reduction and / or sorting apparatus S104, a melting and / or contaminant removal apparatus S107, the pyrolysis and / or contaminant removal apparatus S108, and one or more optional post-treatment and / or contaminant removal apparatuses S114a, S114b. In the illustrated implementation of Figure 2, the size reduction and / or sorting apparatus S104 directs the plastic feedstock S102 into the melting and / or contaminant removal apparatus S107. In various implementations, the melting and / or contaminant removal apparatus S107 is configured for melting the plastic feedstock and removing vent gas and / or contaminants (shown as element S110 in Fig.2). In other examples, melting and / or contaminant removal apparatus S107 may not remove vent gas and / or contaminants. In various implementations, the melting and / or contaminant removal apparatus S107 may comprise one or more of the pyrolysis and / or contaminant removal apparatuses or devices described in the “Melting, Removal of Contaminants, and / or Pyrolysis” and “Extruders” sections herein. The melting and / or contaminant removal apparatus S107 is configured for directing the molten (or semi-molten) plastic feedstock into the pyrolysis and / or contaminant removal apparatus S108. As explained with respect to Figure 1, the pyrolysis and / or contaminant removal apparatus S108 is generally configured for pyrolyzing the plastic feedstock and producing a product S112 (which may be optionally subjected to post-treatment or contaminant removal by the one or more optional post-treatment and / or contaminant removal apparatuses S114a, S114b). Figure 3 depicts another example system S100c for pyrolyzing plastic feedstock comprising post-consumer and / or post-industrial plastics (like numbers refer to like elements previously described with respect to the systems S100a, S100b of Figures 1 and 2). In the illustrated implementation of Figure 3, the system S100c comprises a plastic feedstock infeed apparatus S102, a size reduction and / or sorting apparatus S104, a melting and / or contaminant removal apparatus S107, a pyrolysis and / or contaminant removal apparatus S108, a wax condenser S116a, an oil condenser S116b, a wax storage apparatus S118a, and an oil storage apparatus S118b. Optional post-treatment and / or contaminant removal apparatuses are not shown, however, it is understood that they may also be included (e.g., as in the system S100b of Figure 2). In the illustrated implementation of Figure 3, the product S112 is directed from the pyrolysis and / or contaminant removal apparatus S108 to the wax condenser S116a. In various implementations, the wax condenser S116a is configured for condensing at least a portion of the product S112 into a wax. The wax produced by the wax condenser S116a is then collected and stored in a wax storage apparatus S118a. The remaining product S112 is then directed into the oil condenser S116b, which condenses the remainder of the product S112 into an oil. The oil produced by the oil condenser S116b is collected and stored in an oil storage apparatus S118b. In various implementations, the wax condenser S116a and the oil condenser S116b may comprise any of the condensers described in the “Vaporized Product Recovery” section herein. In some examples, the wax condenser S116a can generate any of the waxes described in the “Wax” section herein. In some examples, the oil condenser S116b can generate any of the oils described in the “Oil” section herein. In some examples, the wax storage apparatus S118a and the oil storage apparatus S118b may comprise any of the storage apparatuses described in the “Product Storage” section herein. In some examples, the system S100c may use other apparatuses besides condensers for product recovery (e.g., any of the other product recovery apparatuses described in the “Vaporized Product Recovery” section herein). In some examples, the system S100c may include only one condenser or other product recovery apparatus. In other examples, the system S100c may include more than two condensers or other product recovery apparatuses. In some examples, the system S100c may include only one storage apparatus. In other examples, the system S100c may include more than two storage apparatuses. In some examples, the system S100c may use other apparatuses (e.g., any of the other product recovery apparatuses described in the “Vaporized Product Recovery” section herein) to recover non-condensable product (e.g., gas, for example, the gas described in the “Pyrolysis Reactors” and “Vaporized Product Removal” sections herein). Figure 4 depicts another example system S100d for pyrolyzing plastic feedstock comprising post-consumer and / or post-industrial plastics (like numbers refer to like elements previously described with respect to the systems S100a, S100b, and S100c of Figures 1-3). In the illustrated implementation of Figure 4, the system S100d comprises a plastic feedstock infeed apparatus S102, a size reduction and / or sorting apparatus S104, an extruder apparatus S017a, a pyrolysis reactor S108a, a wax condenser S116a, an oil condenser S116b, a wax storage apparatus S118a, and an oil storage apparatus S118b. In the illustrated implementation of Figure 4, the size reduction and / or sorting apparatus S104 directs the plastic feedstock S102 into the extruder apparatus S107a. In various implementations, the extruder apparatus S107a is configured for melting the plastic feedstock and removing vent gas and / or contaminants (shown as element S110a in Fig.4). In other examples, the extruder apparatus S107a may not remove vent gas and / or contaminants. In various implementations, the extruder apparatus S107a may comprise one or more of the extruder apparatuses or devices described in the “Extruders” section herein (e.g., one or more of the extruders 100-800 shown and described with respect to Figures 24-34). In various implementations, the extruder apparatus S107a depicted in Figure 4 may comprise one or more (e.g., a plurality of) extruder apparatuses (e.g., arranged in parallel or in series) for melting the plastic feedstock S102. In some examples, the extruder S107a may be a single extruder. In other examples, the extruder S107a may comprise multiple extruders (e.g., multiple extruders having the same configuration or multiple extruders having different configurations). As shown in Figure 4, the extruder apparatus S107a is configured for directing the molten (or semi-molten) plastic feedstock into the pyrolysis reactor S108a. In various implementations, the pyrolysis reactor S108a is generally configured for pyrolyzing the plastic feedstock received from the extruder S107a and producing a product S112 (e.g., hydrocarbon vapor). Optionally, the product S112 may be subjected to post-treatment or contaminant removal by the one or more optional post-treatment and / or contaminant removal apparatuses S114a, S114b (not shown in Figure 4). In various implementations, the pyrolysis reactor S108a may comprise one or more of the pyrolysis reactor apparatuses or devices described in the “Pyrolysis Reactors” section herein (e.g., one or more of the pyrolysis reactors 1000-6000 shown and described with respect to Figures 35-49). In various implementations, the pyrolysis reactor S108a depicted in Figure 4 may comprise one or more (e.g., a plurality of) pyrolysis reactors configured for receiving molten or semi-molten plastic feedstock from the one or more extruder(s) S107a and pyrolyzing the plastic feedstock S102 to produce the product S112. In some examples, the pyrolysis reactor S108a may be a single pyrolysis reactor. In other examples, the pyrolysis reactor S108a may comprise multiple pyrolysis reactors (e.g., multiple pyrolysis reactors having the same configuration or multiple pyrolysis reactors having different configurations). In some examples, the extruder S107a and the pyrolysis reactor S108a can remove substantially the same quantity of vent gas and / or contaminants S110a or S110b, respectively. In other examples, the extruder S107a and the pyrolysis reactor S108a can remove different quantities of vent gas and / or contaminants S110a or S110b, respectively. In some examples, the vent gas and / or contaminants S110a can have substantially the same composition as the contaminants S110b. In other examples, the vent gas and / or contaminants can have different compositions. For example, the extruder S107a can be selected to remove a different type of vent gas and / or contaminant than the pyrolysis reactor S108a. As another example, the pyrolysis reactor S108a may, additionally or alternatively, be selected to remove a different type of contaminant than the extruder S107a. Figure 5 depicts another example system S100e for pyrolyzing plastic feedstock comprising post-consumer and / or post-industrial plastics (like numbers refer to like elements previously described with respect to the systems S100a, S100b, S100c, and S100d of Figures 1-4). In the illustrated implementation of Figure 5, the system S100e comprises a plastic feedstock infeed apparatus S102, a first size reduction and / or sorting apparatus S104a, a trommel S104b, a second size reduction and / or sorting apparatus S104c, a dryer S120, an extruder S017a, a pyrolysis reactor S108a, a wax condenser S116a, an oil condenser S116b, a wax storage apparatus S118a, and an oil storage apparatus S118b. As shown in Figure 5, the plastic feedstock S102 enters a first size reduction and / or sorting apparatus S104a, which removes a first group of contaminants S106a. The plastic feedstock S102 is then directed from the first size reduction and / or sorting apparatus S104a to a trommel S104b, which removes a second group of contaminants S106b. The plastic feedstock S102 exiting the trommel S104b is then directed to a third size reduction and / or sorting apparatus S104c, which removes a third group of contaminants S106c. In other examples, any of the first size reduction and / or sorting apparatus S104a, the trommel S104b, and the third size reduction and / or sorting apparatus S104c may not remove contaminants. In some examples, each of the first size reduction and / or sorting apparatus S104a and the third size reduction and / or sorting apparatus S104c can include any of the sorting apparatuses described in the “Sorting” section below and / or any of the size reduction apparatuses described in the “Size Reduction” section below. In some examples, the first size reduction and / or sorting apparatus S104a can be the same as the third size reduction and / or sorting apparatus S104c. In other examples, the first size reduction and / or sorting apparatus S104a can be different than the third size reduction and / or sorting apparatus S104c. In some examples, each of the first size reduction and / or sorting apparatus S104a, the trommel S104b, and the third size reduction and / or sorting apparatus 104c can remove substantially the same quantity of contaminants S106a, S106b, or S106c respectively. In other examples, each of the first size reduction and / or sorting apparatus S104a, the trommel S104b, and the third size reduction and / or sorting apparatus S104c can remove different quantities of contaminants S106a, S106b, or S106c respectively. In some examples, each of the first group of contaminants S106a, the second group of contaminants S106b, and the third group of contaminants S106c can have substantially the same composition. In other examples, each of the first group of contaminants S106a, the second group of contaminants S106b, and the third group of contaminants S106c can have different compositions. For example, the first size reduction and / or sorting apparatus S104a may be selected to remove a different type of contaminant than the trommel S104b and / or the third size reduction and / or sorting apparatus S104c. As another example, the third size reduction and / or sorting apparatus S104c may, additionally or alternatively, be selected to remove a different type of contaminant than the trommel S104b and / or the first size reduction and / or sorting apparatus S104a. As shown in Figure 5, the plastic feedstock S102 exiting the second size reduction and / or sorting apparatus S104c is directed to a dryer S120. In various implementations, the dryer S120 is configured to remove moisture and / or contaminants S122 from the plastic feedstock S102. In some examples, the dryer S120 can include any of the dryers described in the “Drying Component” section below. In some examples, any of the systems S100a, S100b, S100c, S100d, or S100e can include a storage bunker to store plastic feedstock S102 before and / or after the size reduction and / or sorting apparatus S104. In some examples, the storage bunker can include any of the storage bunkers described in the “Storage Bunker” section below. In some examples, any of the systems S100a, S100b, S100c, S100d, or S100e can include a metals detection and removal apparatus before and / or after the size reduction and / or sorting apparatus S104. In some examples, the metals detection and removal apparatus can include any of the metals detection and removal apparatuses described in the “Metals Detection and Removal” section below. In some examples, the plastic feedstock S102 and / or the product S112 may be transported by one or more conveyors in any of the systems S100a, S100b, S100c, S100d, and / or S100e. In some examples, the one or more conveyors can include any of the conveyors described in the “Conveyors” section below. In some examples, any of the systems S100a, S100b, S100c, S100d, or S100e can include one or more heat tracing components. In some examples, the one or more heat tracing components can include any of the heat tracing components described in the “Heat Tracing” section below. Feedstock The feedstock comprises post-consumer and / or post-industrial plastics. “Post- industrial” or “Pre-consumer” plastics include materials derived from waste streams during a plastic manufacturing process. “Post-consumer” plastics include materials generated by households or by commercial, industrial, and / or institutional facilities in their roles as end- users of the product which can no longer be used for its intended purpose. This includes returns of material from the distribution chain. In some examples, the feedstock comprises 50% or more by weight post-consumer and / or post-industrial plastics (e.g., 51% or more, 52% or more, 53% or more, 54% or more, 55% or more, 56% or more, 57% or more, 58% or more, 59% or more, 60% or more, 61% or more, 62% or more, 63% or more, 64% or more, 65% or more, 66% or more, 67% or more, 68% or more, 69% or more, 70% or more, 71% or more, 72% or more, 73% or more, 74% or more, 75% or more, 76% or more, 77% or more, 78% or more, 79% or more, 80% or more, 81% or more, 82% or more, 83% or more, 84% or more, 85% or more, 86% or more, 87% or more, 88% or more, 89% or more, 90% or more, 91% or more, 92% or more, 93% or more, 94% or more, 95% or more, 96% or more, 97% or more, 98% or more, or 99% or more). In some examples, the feedstock comprises 100% or less by weight post-consumer and / or post- industrial plastics (e.g., 99% or less, 98% or less, 97% or less, 96% or less, 95% or less, 94% or less, 93% or less, 92% or less, 91% or less, 90% or less, 89% or less, 88% or less, 87% or less, 86% or less, 85% or less, 84% or less, 83% or less, 82% or less, 81% or less, 80% or less, 79% or less, 78% or less, 77% or less, 76% or less, 75% or less, 74% or less, 73% or less, 72% or less, 71% or less, 70% or less, 69% or less, 68% or less, 67% or less, 66% or less, 65% or less, 64% or less, 63% or less, 62% or less, 61% or less, 60% or less, 59% or less, 58% or less, 57% or less, 56% or less, 55% or less, 54% or less, 53% or less, or 52% or less). The percent by weight of the feedstock that is post-consumer and / or post-industrial plastics can range from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above. For example, the feedstock can comprise from 50% to 100% by weight post-consumer and / or post-industrial plastics (e.g., from 50% to 75%, from 75% to 100%, from 50% to 60%, from 60% to 70%, from 70% to 80%, from 80% to 90%, from 90 to 100%, from 50 to 99%, from 50 to 95%, from 50 to 90%, from 50% to 80%, from 50% to 70%, from 55% to 100%, from 60% to 100%, from 70% to 100%, from 75 to 100%, from 80 to 100%, from 95 to 100%, from 55% to 99%, from 70% to 99%, or from 75 to 95%). In some examples, the feedstock comprises 50% or more by weight post-consumer plastics (e.g., 51% or more, 52% or more, 53% or more, 54% or more, 55% or more, 56% or more, 57% or more, 58% or more, 59% or more, 60% or more, 61% or more, 62% or more, 63% or more, 64% or more, 65% or more, 66% or more, 67% or more, 68% or more, 69% or more, 70% or more, 71% or more, 72% or more, 73% or more, 74% or more, 75% or more, 76% or more, 77% or more, 78% or more, 79% or more, 80% or more, 81% or more, 82% or more, 83% or more, 84% or more, 85% or more, 86% or more, 87% or more, 88% or more, 89% or more, 90% or more, 91% or more, 92% or more, 93% or more, 94% or more, 95% or more, 96% or more, 97% or more, 98% or more, or 99% or more). In some examples, the feedstock comprises 100% or less by weight post-consumer plastics (e.g., 99% or less, 98% or less, 97% or less, 96% or less, 95% or less, 94% or less, 93% or less, 92% or less, 91% or less, 90% or less, 89% or less, 88% or less, 87% or less, 86% or less, 85% or less, 84% or less, 83% or less, 82% or less, 81% or less, 80% or less, 79% or less, 78% or less, 77% or less, 76% or less, 75% or less, 74% or less, 73% or less, 72% or less, 71% or less, 70% or less, 69% or less, 68% or less, 67% or less, 66% or less, 65% or less, 64% or less, 63% or less, 62% or less, 61% or less, 60% or less, 59% or less, 58% or less, 57% or less, 56% or less, 55% or less, 54% or less, 53% or less, or 52% or less). The percent by weight of the feedstock that is post-consumer plastics can range from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above. For example, the feedstock can comprise from 50% to 100% by weight post-consumer plastics (e.g., from 50% to 75%, from 75% to 100%, from 50% to 60%, from 60% to 70%, from 70% to 80%, from 80% to 90%, from 90 to 100%, from 50 to 99%, from 50 to 95%, from 50 to 90%, from 50% to 80%, from 50% to 70%, from 55% to 100%, from 60% to 100%, from 70% to 100%, from 75 to 100%, from 80 to 100%, from 95 to 100%, from 55% to 99%, from 70% to 99%, or from 75 to 95%). Plastic feedstock can be provided in any suitable form, such as, for example, loose film, baled film, rigids, thermoforms, sheets, foams, non-wovens, strips, pellets, powder, purge patties, densified, shredded, etc. In some examples, the feedstock comprises films, such as single and / or multi-layered films. In some examples, the plastic feedstock can be packaged, e.g. in bales, boxes, drums, etc. The feedstock can, for example, comprise polyethylene (e.g., LDPE, LLDPE, VLDPE, MDPE, HDPE, UHMWPE, PEX, etc.), polypropylene, polystyrene, or a combination thereof. In some examples, the feedstock includes plastics with a plastic type classification # 2, 4, 5, 6, or a combination thereof. In some examples, a majority of the plastic that is processed by the systems and methods described herein comprises low-density or linear-low density polyethylene (LDPE - #4) and high-density polyethylene (HDPE - #2), in particular film plastic, and the systems and methods described herein are optimized to effectively process these materials. A substantial portion of polyethylene and polypropylene polymers are used in single use plastics and get discarded after its use. Polyethylene is used widely in various consumer and industrial products. Polyethylene is the most common plastic, over 100 million tons of polyethylene resins are produced annually. Its primary use is in packaging (plastic bags, plastic films, geomembranes, containers including bottles, etc.). Polyethylene is produced in a variety of forms (e.g., ultra-high molecular weight polyethylene (UHMWPE), high-density polyethylene (HDPE), medium density polyethylene (MDPE), linear low-density polyethylene (LLDPE), low-density polyethylene (LDPE), very low density polyethylene (VLDPE), crosslinked polyethylene (PEX)) with the same chemical formula (C2H4)nbut different molecular structure. HDPE has a low degree of branching with short side chains while LDPE has a very high degree of branching with long side chains. LLDPE is a substantially linear polymer with significant numbers of short branches, commonly made by copolymerization of ethylene with short-chain alpha-olefins. The feedstock can, for example, comprise polyethylene, polypropylene, polystyrene, or a combination thereof in an amount of 90% or more by weight (e.g., 91% or more, 92% or more, 93% or more, 94% or more, 95% or more, 96% or more, 97% or more, 98% or more, or 99% or more). In some examples, the feedstock comprises polyethylene, polypropylene, polystyrene, or a combination thereof in an amount of 100% or less by weight (e.g., 99% or less, 98% or less, 97% or less, 96% or less, 95% or less, 94% or less, 93% or less, 92% or less, or 91% or less). The amount of polyethylene, polypropylene, polystyrene, or a combination thereof in the feedstock can range from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above. For example, the feedstock can comprise polyethylene, polypropylene, polystyrene, or a combination thereof in an amount of from 90% to 100% by weight (e.g., from 90% to 95%, from 95% to 100%, from 90% to 92%, from 92% to 94%, from 94% to 96%, from 96% to 98%, from 98% to 100%, from 90% to 98%, from 90% to 96%, from 90% to 94%, from 92% to 100%, from 94% to 100%, from 96% to 100%, from 91% to 99%, from 92% to 98%, or from 93% to 97%). In some examples, the feedstock comprises moisture (e.g., water) in an amount of 20% or less by weight (e.g., 19.5% or less, 19% or less, 18.5% or less, 18% or less, 17.5% or less, 17% or less, 16.5% or less, 16% or less, 15.5% or less, 15% or less, 14.5% or less, 14% or less, 13.5% or less, 13% or less, 12.5% or less, 12% or less, 11.5% or less, 11% or less, 10.5% or less, 10% or less, 9.5% or less, 9% or less, 8.5% or less, 8% or less, 7.5% or less, 7% or less, 6.5% or less, 6% or less, 5.5% or less, 5% or less, 4.5% or less, 4% or less, 3.5% or less, 3% or less, 2.5% or less, 2% or less, 1.5% or less, 1% or less, or 0.5% or less). In some examples, the feedstock comprises moisture in an amount of 0% or more by weight (e.g., 0.5% or more, 1% or more, 1.5% or more, 2% or more, 2.5% or more, 3% or more, 3.5% or more, 4% or more, 4.5% or more, 5% or more, 5.5% or more, 6% or more, 6.5% or more, 7% or more, 7.5% or more, 8% or more, 8.5% or more, 9% or more, 9.5% or more, 10% or more, 10.5% or more, 11% or more, 11.5% or more, 12% or more, 12.5% or more, 13% or more, 13.5% or more, 14% or more, 14.5% or more, 15% or more, 15.5% or more, 16% or more, 16.5% or more, 17% or more, 17.5% or more, 18% or more, 18.5% or more, or 19% or more). The amount of moisture in the feedstock can range from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above. For example, the feedstock can comprise moisture in an amount of from 0% to 20% by weight (e.g., from 0% to 10%, from 10% to 20%, from 0% to 5%, from 5% to 10%, from 5% to 15%, from 15% to 20%, from 0% to 2.5%, 2.5% to 5%, from 5% to 7.5%, from 7.5% to 10%, from 10% to 12.5%, from 12.5% to 15%, from 15% to 17.5%, from 17.5% to 20.%, from 0% to 19%, from 0% to 18%, from 0% to 17%, from 0% to 16%, from 0% to 15%, from 0% to 14%, from 0% to 13%, from 0% to 12%, from 0% to 11%, from 0% to 9%, from 0% to 8%, from 0% to 7%, from 0% to 6%, from 0% to 4%, from 0% to 3%, from 0% to 2%, from 0% to 1%, from 1% to 20%, from 2% to 20%, from 3% to 20%, from 4% to 20%, from 6% to 20%, from 7% to 20%, from 8% to 20%, from 9% to 20%, from 11% to 20%, from 12% to 20%, from 13% to 20%, from 14% to 20%, from 16% to 20%, from 17% to 20%, from 18% to 20%, from 0.5% to 19.5%, from 1% to 19%, from 1% to 15%, from 1% to 10%, or from 1% to 5%). Polyvinyl chlorine (PVC), polyvinylidene chloride (PVDC), polyethylene terephthalate (PET) (commonly used for plastic bottles), nylon, ethylene vinyl alcohol (EVOH), polycarbonate (PC), acrylonitrile butadiene styrene (ABS), rubber, thermosets, and non-plastic components (e.g., metal, glass, wood, cotton, paper, cardboard, dirt, inorganics, etc.) are not desirable and their presence should be minimized. In some examples, the feedstock comprises 5% or less by weight polyvinyl chloride (PVC), polyvinylidene chloride (PVDC), polyethylene terephthalate (PET), nylon, ethylene vinyl alcohol (EVOH), polycarbonate (PC), acrylonitrile butadiene styrene (ABS), rubber, thermosets, or a combination thereof (e.g., 4.5% or less, 4% or less, 3.5% or less, 3% or less, 2.5% or less, 2% or less, 1.75% or less, 1.5% or less, 1.25% or less, 1% or less, 0.9% or less, 0.8% or less, 0.7% or less, 0.6% or less, 0.5% or less, 0.4% or less, 0.3% or less, 0.2% or less, or 0.1% or less). In some examples, the feedstock comprises 0% or more by weight polyvinyl chloride (PVC), polyvinylidene chloride (PVDC), polyethylene terephthalate (PET), nylon, ethylene vinyl alcohol (EVOH), polycarbonate (PC), acrylonitrile butadiene styrene (ABS), rubber, thermosets, or a combination thereof (e.g., 0.1% or more, 0.2% or more, 0.3% or more, 0.4% or more, 0.5% or more, 0.6% or more, 0.7% or more, 0.8% or more, 0.9% or more, 1% or more, 1.25% or more, 1.5% or more, 1.75% or more, 2% or more, 2.5% or more, 3% or more, 3.5% or more, or 4% or more). The amount of polyvinyl chloride (PVC), polyvinylidene chloride (PVDC), polyethylene terephthalate (PET), nylon, ethylene vinyl alcohol (EVOH), polycarbonate (PC), acrylonitrile butadiene styrene (ABS), rubber, thermosets, or a combination thereof in the feedstock can range from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above. For example, the feedstock can comprise from 0% to 5% by weight polyvinyl chloride (PVC), polyvinylidene chloride (PVDC), polyethylene terephthalate (PET), nylon, ethylene vinyl alcohol (EVOH), polycarbonate (PC), acrylonitrile butadiene styrene (ABS), rubber, thermosets, or a combination thereof (e.g., from 0% to 2.5%, from 2.5% to 5%, from 0% to 1%, from 1% to 2%, from 2% to 3%, from 3% to 4%, from 4% to 5%, from 0% to 4.5%, from 0% to 4%, from 0% to 3.5%, from 0% to 3%, from 0% to 2%, from 0% to 1.5%, from 0% to 0.5%, from 0.5% to 5%, from 1% to 5%, from 1.5% to 5%, from 2% to 5%, from 3% to 5%, from 3.5% to 5%, from 0.1% to 4.5%, from 0.2% to 4%, or from 0.3% to 3%). The feedstock can, for example, comprise 15% by weight or less non-plastic materials, such as metal, glass, wood, cotton, paper, cardboard, dirt, inorganics, etc., or a combination thereof (e.g., 14.5% or less, 14% or less, 13.5% or less, 13% or less, 12.5% or less, 12% or less, 11.5% or less, 11% or less, 10.5% or less, 10% or less, 9.5% or less, 9% or less, 8.5% or less, 8% or less, 7.5% or less, 7% or less, 6.5% or less, 6% or less, 5.5% or less, 5% or less, 4.5% or less, 4% or less, 3.5% or less, 3% or less, 2.5% or less, 2% or less, 1.5% or less, 1% or less, or 0.5% or less). In some examples, the feedstock comprises 0% or more by weight non-plastic materials (e.g., 0.5% or more, 1% or more, 1.5% or more, 2% or more, 2.5% or more, 3% or more, 3.5% or more, 4% or more, 4.5% or more, 5% or more, 5.5% or more, 6% or more, 6.5% or more, 7% or more, 7.5% or more, 8% or more, 8.5% or more, 9% or more, 9.5% or more, 10% or more, 10.5% or more, 11% or more, 11.5% or more, 12% or more, 12.5% or more, 13% or more, 13.5% or more, or 14% or more). The amount of non- plastic materials in the feedstock can range from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above. For example, the feedstock can comprise non-plastic materials in an amount of from 0% to 15% by weight (e.g., from 0% to 7.5%, from 7.5% to 15%, from 0% to 5%, from 5% to 10%, from 10% to 15%, from 0% to 2.5%, 2.5% to 5%, from 5% to 7.5%, from 7.5% to 10%, from 10% to 12.5%, from 12.5% to 15%, from 0% to 14%, from 0% to 13%, from 0% to 12%, from 0% to 11%, from 0% to 10%, from 0% to 9%, from 0% to 8%, from 0% to 7%, from 0% to 6%, from 0% to 4%, from 0% to 3%, from 0% to 2%, from 1% to 15%, from 2% to 15%, from 3% to 15%, from 4% to 15%, from 5% to 15%, from 6% to 15%, from 7% to 15%, from 8% to 15%, from 9% to 15%, from 11% to 15%, from 12% to 15%, from 15% to 15%, from 0.5% to 14.5%, from 1% to 14%, or from 1% to 10%). In some examples, the feedstock can include plastic having an average initial size of 0.25 inches or more (longest dimension) (e.g., 0.5 inches or more, 1 inch or more, 1.5 inches or more, 2 inches or more, 3 inches or more, 4 inches or more, 5 inches or more, 6 inches or more, 7 inches or more, 8 inches or more, 9 inches or more, 10 inches or more, 11 inches or more, 12 inches or more, 13 inches or more, 14 inches or more, 15 inches or more, 16 inches or more, 17 inches or more, 18 inches or more, 20 inches or more, 22 inches or more, 24 inches or more, 26 inches or more, 28 inches or more, 30 inches or more, 32 inches or more, or 34 inches or more, 36 inches or more, 42 inches or more, 48 inches or more, 54 inches or more, 60 inches or more). In some examples, the feedstock can include plastic having an average initial size of 60 inches or less (longest dimension) (e.g., 54 inches or less, 48 inches or less, 42 inches or less, 36 inches or less, 34 inches or less, 32 inches or less, 30 inches or less, 28 inches or less, 26 inches or less, 24 inches or less, 22 inches or less, 20 inches or less, 18 inches or less, 17 inches or less, 16 inches or less, 15 inches or less, 14 inches or less, 13 inches or less, 12 inches or less, 11 inches or less, 10 inches or less, 9 inches or less, 8 inches or less, 7 inches or less, 6 inches or less, 5 inches or less, 4 inches or less, 3 inches or less, 2 inches or less, or 1 inch or less). The average longest dimension of the plastic in the feedstock can range from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above. For example, the feedstock can include plastic having an average initial size of from 0.25 inches to 36 inches (longest dimension) (e.g., from 0.25 to 18 inches, from 18 to 36 inches, from 0.25 to 6 inches, from 6 to 12 inches, from 12 to 18 inches, from 18 to 24 inches, from 24 to 30 inches, from 30 to 36 inches, from 0.25 to 30 inches, from 0.25 to 24 inches, from 0.25 to 18 inches, from 0.25 to 16 inches, from 0.25 to 14 inches, from 0.25 to 12 inches, from 0.25 to 10 inches, from 0.25 to 8 inches, from 0.25 to 4 inches, from 0.25 to 2 inches, from 0.25 inches to 1 inch, from 1 to 36 inches, from 2 to 36 inches, from 4 to 36 inches, from 6 to 36 inches, from 8 to 36 inches, from 10 to 36 inches, from 12 to 36 inches, from 14 to 36 inches, from 16 to 36 inches, from 18 to 36 inches, from 1 to 30 inches, from 2 to 18 inches, from 12 inches to 60 inches, from 18 inches to 60 inches, from 24 inches to 60 inches, from 30 inches to 60 inches, from 36 inches to 60 inches, from 42 inches to 60 inches, from 48 inches to 60 inches, from 54 inches to 60 inches). In some examples, the feedstock can initially be manually (e.g., visually) and / or automatically (e.g., by an automated system / component) checked to ensure it contains the correct material and does not contain an inordinate amount of obvious contamination. During the manual / visual / automated inspection of the feedstock, the feedstock is inspected for large contaminant items, such as metal, glass, PVC, paper, wood, PET plastics, and cardboard, which are removed when identified. In some examples, the feedstock can further be assessed, e.g. for chemical and / or physical properties. This can include, for example, assessing at least a representative sample portion of each feedstock via infrared analysis (e.g., portable infrared analyzer), gas chromatography-mass spectrometry (GC-MS), a bench-scale pyrolysis test, ASTM testing for specific contaminants and physical properties, melt-index test, ash test, or a combination thereof. Feedstock that fails to meet the initial inspection criteria is not further processed by the systems or methods described herein. After the initial inspection is complete, the acceptable feedstock can be stored for future use (e.g., in a stockpile, a hopper, etc.) and / or loaded into the system for processing. Infeed In some examples, the feedstock can be loaded into the system via an infeed conveyor. The rate at which the infeed conveyor provides feedstock to the system (e.g., the feed rate) can, for example, be 500 pounds per hour (lb. / hr.) or more (e.g., 550 lb. / hr. or more, 600 lb. / hr. or more, 650 lb. / hr. or more, 700 lb. / hr. or more, 750 lb. / hr. or more, 800 lb. / hr. or more, 850 lb. / hr. or more, 900 lb. / hr. or more, 950 lb. / hr. or more, 1,000 lb. / hr. or more, 1,100 lb. / hr. or more, 1,200 lb. / hr. or more, 1,300 lb. / hr. or more, 1,400 lb. / hr. or more, 1,500 lb. / hr. or more, 1,750 lb. / hr. or more, 2,000 lb. / hr. or more, 2,250 lb. / hr. or more, 2,500 lb. / hr. or more, 2,750 lb. / hr. or more, 3,000 lb. / hr. or more, 3,250 lb. / hr. or more, 3,500 lb. / hr. or more, 3,750 lb. / hr. or more, 4,000 lb. / hr. or more, 4,250 lb. / hr. or more, 4,500 lb. / hr. or more, 4,750 lb. / hr. or more, 5,000 lb. / hr. or more, 5,500 lb. / hr. or more, 6,000 lb. / hr. or more, 6,500 lb. / hr. or more, 7,000 lb. / hr. or more, 7,500 lb. / hr. or more, 8,000 lb. / hr. or more, 8,500 lb. / hr. or more, 9,000 lb. / hr. or more, 9,500 lb. / hr. or more, 10,000 lb. / hr. or more, 11,000 lb. / hr. or more, 12,000 lb. / hr. or more, 13,000 lb. / hr. or more, 14,000 lb. / hr. or more, 15,000 lb. / hr. or more, 16,000 lb. / hr. or more, 17,000 lb. / hr. or more, 18,000 lb. / hr. or more, or 19,000 lb. / hr. or more). In some examples, the rate at which the infeed conveyor provides feedstock to the system (e.g., the feed rate) can be 20,000 lb. / hr. or less (e.g., 19,000 lb. / hr. or less, 18,000 lb. / hr. or less, 17,000 lb. / hr. or less, 16,000 lb. / hr. or less, 15,000 lb. / hr. or less, 14,000 lb. / hr. or less, 13,000 lb. / hr. or less, 12,000 lb. / hr. or less, 11,000 lb. / hr. or less, 10,000 lb. / hr. or less, 9,500 lb. / hr. or less, 9,000 lb. / hr. or less, 8,500 lb. / hr. or less, 8,000 lb. / hr. or less, 7,500 lb. / hr. or less, 7,000 lb. / hr. or less, 6,500 lb. / hr. or less, 6,000 lb. / hr. or less, 5,500 lb. / hr. or less, 5,000 lb. / hr. or less, 4,750 lb. / hr. or less, 4,500 lb. / hr. or less, 4,250 lb. / hr. or less, 4,000 lb. / hr. or less, 3,750 lb. / hr. or less, 3,500 lb. / hr. or less, 3,250 lb. / hr. or less, 3,000 lb. / hr. or less, 2,750 lb. / hr. or less, 2,500 lb. / hr. or less, 2,250 lb. / hr. or less, 2,000 lb. / hr. or less, 1,750 lb. / hr. or less, 1,500 lb. / hr. or less, 1,400 lb. / hr. or less, 1,300 lb. / hr. or less, 1,200 lb. / hr. or less, 1,100 lb. / hr. or less, 1,000 lb. / hr. or less, 950 lb. / hr. or less, 900 lb. / hr. or less, 850 lb. / hr. or less, 800 lb. / hr. or less, 750 lb. / hr. or less, 700 lb. / hr. or less, 650 lb. / hr. or less, or 600 lb. / hr. or less). The rate at which the infeed conveyor provides feedstock to the system can range from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above. For example, the rate at which the infeed conveyor provides feedstock to the system can be from 500 pounds per hour (lb. / hr.) to 20,000 lb. / hr. (e.g., from 500 to 5000 lb. / hr., from 5000 to 20,000 lb. / hr., from 500 to 4,000 lb. / hr., from 4,000 to 8,000 lb. / hr., from 8,000 to 12,000 lb. / hr., from 12,000 to 16,000 lb. / hr., from 16,000 to 20,000 lb. / hr., from 500 to 15,000 lb. / hr., from 500 to 10,000 lb. / hr., from 500 to 9,000 lb. / hr., from 500 to 8,000 lb. / hr., from 500 to 7,000 lb. / hr., from 500 to 6,000 lb. / hr., from 500 to 2,500 lb. / hr., from 1,000 to 20,000 lb. / hr., from 2,500 to 20,000 lb. / hr., from 6,000 to 20,000 lb. / hr., from 7,000 to 20,000 lb. / hr., from 8,000 to 20,000 lb. / hr., from 9,000 to 20,000 lb. / hr., from 10,000 to 20,000 lb. / hr., from 550 to 19,000 lb. / hr., from 600 to 19,000 lb. / hr., or from 1,000 to 15,000 lb. / hr.). Sorting In some examples, feedstock loaded into the system can undergo additional sorting. In some examples, the plastic feedstock can be deposited onto a conveyor and / or further processed to remove contaminants. This can, for example, include visual inspection and manual removal, automated inspection and removal, positioning one or more magnets to magnetically remove ferrous contaminants (e.g., various components such as nuts, bolts, screws, small pieces of wire, etc. comprising ferrous metals and / or alloys), washing and / or drying, size based separation (e.g., screening, sifting, etc.), air jets, sink float, etc. In some examples, the feedstock can be transported to a trommel, such as a screen trommel. The screen trommel can, for example, be used to remove fine dust, particles, and other contaminants from the incoming feedstock stream, for example before and / or after it has passed through a shredder. The trommel can receive feedstock and trommel rotation can agitate incoming feedstock and promote removal of granular materials (e.g., sand, pigment, binder, food particulates, dirt, etc.) in the feedstock through the trommel screen. The remaining oversized material from the trommel can be deposited, for example, onto a conveyor for further inspection and / or sorting. In some examples, visual inspection and manual sorting and / or automated inspection and sorting is used to remove contaminants from the plastic feedstock, e.g., before and / or after passing through the trommel and / or shredder. Contaminants to be removed can, for example, include undesirable plastic (such as PET, PVC, nylon, and thermosets) as well as other materials that can damage downstream equipment or degrade the quality of the finished products such as strapping, paper, cardboard, rope, batteries, beverage bottles still containing liquid, glass, wood, metal, electronics, and a wide range of other non-plastic materials. Size Reduction In some examples, feedstock loaded into the system can undergo one or more size reductions. The size reduction can be accomplished by any suitable means, such as those known in the art. For example, the feedstock can be shredded, pelletized, densified, or a combination thereof. For example, the system can include one or more size reduction components, such as a chipper, granulator, grinder, hammermill, shredder (e.g., a shear shredder), pelletizer, densifier, agglomerator, or a combination thereof. In some examples, the feedstock can be shredded, for example using one or more shredders. Each shredder can comprise any suitable type of shredder, such as those known in the art. In some examples, the system can include one or more shear shredders. The shredder can perform a size reduction on incoming plastic, for example to a range of 0.25 to 36 inches (longest dimension). For example, the shredder can reduce the average initial size of the incoming plastic to 0.25 inches or more (longest dimension) (e.g., 0.5 inches or more, 1 inch or more, 1.5 inches or more, 2 inches or more, 3 inches or more, 4 inches or more, 5 inches or more, 6 inches or more, 7 inches or more, 8 inches or more, 9 inches or more, 10 inches or more, 11 inches or more, 12 inches or more, 13 inches or more, 14 inches or more, 15 inches or more, 16 inches or more, 17 inches or more, 18 inches or more, 20 inches or more, 22 inches or more, 24 inches or more, 26 inches or more, 28 inches or more, 30 inches or more, 32 inches or more, or 34 inches or more). In some examples, the shredder can reduce the average initial size of the incoming plastic to 36 inches or less (longest dimension) (e.g., 34 inches or less, 32 inches or less, 30 inches or less, 28 inches or less, 26 inches or less, 24 inches or less, 22 inches or less, 20 inches or less, 18 inches or less, 17 inches or less, 16 inches or less, 15 inches or less, 14 inches or less, 13 inches or less, 12 inches or less, 11 inches or less, 10 inches or less, 9 inches or less, 8 inches or less, 7 inches or less, 6 inches or less, 5 inches or less, 4 inches or less, 3 inches or less, 2 inches or less, or 1 inch or less). The average longest dimension of the plastic processed by the shredder can range from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above. For example, the shredder can reduce the average initial size of the incoming plastic to from 0.25 inches to 36 inches (longest dimension) (e.g., from 0.25 to 18 inches, from 18 to 36 inches, from 0.25 to 6 inches, from 6 to 12 inches, from 12 to 18 inches, from 18 to 24 inches, from 24 to 30 inches, from 30 to 36 inches, from 0.25 to 30 inches, from 0.25 to 24 inches, from 0.25 to 18 inches, from 0.25 to 16 inches, from 0.25 to 14 inches, from 0.25 to 12 inches, from 0.25 to 10 inches, from 0.25 to 8 inches, from 0.25 to 4 inches, from 0.25 to 2 inches, from 0.25 inches to 1 inch, from 1 to 36 inches, from 2 to 36 inches, from 4 to 36 inches, from 6 to 36 inches, from 8 to 36 inches, from 10 to 36 inches, from 12 to 36 inches, from 14 to 36 inches, from 16 to 36 inches, from 18 to 36 inches, from 1 to 30 inches, or from 2 to 18 inches). Plastic feedstock that passes through the shredder can then be stored in a hopper and / or transported for further processing. In some examples, the shredded feedstock can go through a second size reduction process using any suitable size reduction technique. Drying Component In some examples, the systems and methods can further include washing and / or drying the feedstock. For example, the systems and methods can further comprise drying the feedstock, for example to remove at least a portion of the moisture or other liquids comprising a contaminant within the feedstock. In some examples, the feedstock can be deposited onto a conveyor which passes the feedstock through a dryer before depositing the feedstock in a storage bunker and / or transporting the feedstock to a further system component for further processing. The dryer can comprise any suitable equipment, such as a rotary dryer. Heated air can be directed through the dryer across the feedstock to remove moisture from the feedstock. The surface area exposed can allow the heated air flow to remove moisture or free water that may be present in the feedstock. The moist air along with small, entrained particles from the dryer can be exhausted using any suitable means. The required air can be heated by any suitable means, such as electrically heated. The maximum air temperature will be below the softening point of any of the plastics. Using an effective drying solution upstream of the extruders and / or reactors can reduce the problems of vent flow at downstream extrusion equipment and water intrusion to the reactors. Storage Bunker In some examples, the system can further include a storage bunker, for example to store feedstock before undergoing melting, removal of contaminants, pyrolysis, or a combination thereof. In some examples, the system includes a storage bunker that receives the feedstock from the infeed conveyor, the shredder (when present), the dryer (when present), the trommel (when present), etc. or a combination thereof. The storage bunker can, for example, have the capacity to store enough feedstock to provide an uninterrupted supply of plastic to the downstream components (e.g., extruder(s)) for a period of time (e.g., up to two hours), for example if any of the upstream equipment has to be shut down briefly for maintenance or repair. Feedstock levels inside the storage bunker can be monitored, for example using one or more cameras or other feedback mechanisms. Metals Detection and Removal In some examples, feedstock loaded into the system can undergo additional metals detection and removal. In some examples, the plastic feedstock can be deposited onto a conveyor and / or further processed to metal contaminants. This can, for example, include visual inspection and manual removal, automated inspection and removal, positioning one or more magnets to magnetically remove ferrous contaminants (e.g., various components such as nuts, bolts, screws, small pieces of wire, etc. comprising ferrous metals and / or alloys), washing and / or drying, size based separation (e.g., screening, sifting, etc.), air jets, sink float, etc. For example, at one or more points in any of the systems or methods described herein, there can be one or more additional magnetic components to magnetically remove ferrous contaminants from the feedstock, for example before the shredder, after the shredder, before the trommel, after the trommel, before the dryer, after the dryer, before the storage bunker, after the storage bunker, before the components for melting, removal of contaminants, and / or pyrolysis, or a combination thereof. For example, the system can include magnets positioned before, after, or as part of each of the one or more conveyors that transport the feedstock between each system location / component. The strength of the magnets can be selected based on the location in the system and / or the throughput of feedstock processed. In addition, the system can further include a metal detection and rejection system to eliminate further metal contaminants, such as non-ferrous metals (e.g., copper, brass, bronze, stainless steel, aluminum and other non-ferrous alloys). Non-ferrous metals can be present in a variety of forms, such as, for example, nuts, bolts, screws, washers, batteries, machine parts, tools, etc. The additional metal detection system can be included in the system, for example, on the conveyors feeding the storage bunkers. This additional metal detection system can detect non-ferrous metals and then trigger a quick-acting diverter gate (or another similar device) that moves this metal off the conveyor and into a collection bin (or the conveyor can be stopped entirely to allow operators to manually remove the detected metal). While aluminum is the primary target of this system, copper, stainless steel, and brass can also be detected and rejected. Conveyors In the system described herein, each of the conveyors can comprise any suitable type of conveyor. Examples of conveyors include, but are not limited to, belt conveyors, roller conveyors, slat conveyors, apron conveyors, ball transfer conveyors, magnetic conveyors, bucket conveyors, chute conveyors, chain conveyors, pneumatic conveyors, vacuum conveyors, screw conveyors, vibrating conveyors, wheel conveyors, sandwich conveyors, and combinations thereof. In some examples, each of the conveyors can comprise a screw conveyor, a belt conveyor, or a combination thereof. In some examples, the system can include a plurality of belt conveyors. The belt conveyors can, for example, be designed with side walls. The belt conveyors can include any type of belt conveyor, such as standard flat belts, cleated belts, semi-trough belts, compound belts (e.g., hockey stick configurations), or a combination thereof. The dimensions and / or speed of any of the conveyors can be selected in view of a variety of factors. For example, the dimensions and / or speed of the conveyor can be selected to regulate the flow of materials at a desired rate. Melting, Removal of Contaminants, and / or Pyrolysis In some examples, the systems can include one or more energy transfer apparatuses for melting the feedstock, volatilizing various contaminants in the feedstock, pyrolyzing the feedstock, or a combination thereof. While some contaminants can be physically removed by one or more of the processes discussed above, for certain feedstock components, such as multilayer films, it is difficult to physically remove the contaminants and instead they can be removed by using one or more energy transfer apparatuses (e.g., extruders and / or pyrolysis reactors) to heat the feedstock to a temperature sufficient to volatilize said contaminant. For example, the systems and methods can comprise pyrolyzing the feedstock, wherein the pyrolysis reactor and method includes a component or step for removal of volatile contaminants. The pyrolysis can be accomplished using any suitable pyrolysis reactor, such as, for example, an auger pyrolysis reactor, a screw pyrolysis reactor, a rotary kiln pyrolysis reactor, a drum pyrolysis reactor, a tubular pyrolysis reactor, a fluidized bed reactor, a spouted bed reactor, a molten salt reactor, a molten material reactor, a fixed-bed reactor, a continuously stirred reactor, a Heinz Retort Pyrolysis reactor, a vortex pyrolysis reactor, a batch pyrolysis reactor, a semi-batch pyrolysis reactor, or a combination thereof. In some examples, the systems and methods can comprise heating and / or melting the feedstock before introducing the melted feedstock into a pyrolysis reactor, wherein the feedstock is heated and / or melted at a temperature sufficient to volatilize a contaminant and the systems and methods can further include removing said volatilized contaminants. Any suitable component for heating and / or melting can be used, such as those known in the art. In some examples, the systems and methods can include one or more extruders, wherein the feedstock is heated and / or melted within the extruder and optionally wherein the extruder includes one or more vents for removing volatile contaminants from the heated and / or melted feedstock. In various implementations, one or more energy transfer apparatuses may be implemented and configured for receiving the plastic feedstock, applying energy to the plastic feedstock, and pyrolyzing the plastic feedstock at industrial scale. In some implementations, the one or more energy transfer apparatuses may comprise one or more extruders and / or one or more pyrolysis reactors. For example, as explained herein with respect to the systems S100a-e described with respect to Figures 1-5, the one or more extruders may be configured for receiving the plastic feedstock, transferring energy to the plastic feedstock to melt the plastic feedstock to produce at least semi-molten feedstock, and directing the at least semi-molten feedstock to at least one of the one or more pyrolysis reactors. The one or more pyrolysis reactors are configured for receiving the plastic feedstock (e.g., in a molten or semi-molten state from the one or more extruders) and pyrolyzing the plastic feedstock at industrial scale. In particular, the one or more pyrolysis reactors may comprise a reactor vessel defining an internal volume configured for receiving and pyrolyzing the plastic feedstock at an industrial scale, and one or more heaters configured for heating the feedstock in the reactor vessel’s internal volume to a temperature between 200°C and 1,000°C. In some implementations, the one or more energy transfer apparatuses (e.g., the one or more extruders and / or one or more pyrolysis reactors) of the pyrolysis system are collectively configured for using energy at an average rate of 0.80 kW or less per pound of pyrolyzed product produced by the system per hour (e.g., 0.78 kW or less, 0.76 kW or less, 0.74 kW or less, 0.72 kW or less, 0.70 kW or less, 0.68 kW or less, 0.66 kW or less, 0.64 kW or less, 0.62 kW or less, 0.60 kW or less, 0.58 kW or less, 0.56 kW or less, 0.54 kW or less, 0.52 kW or less, 0.50 kW or less, 0.48 kW or less, 0.46 kW or less, 0.44 kW or less, 0.42 kW or less, 0.40 kW or less, 0.38 kW or less, 0.36 kW or less, 0.34 kW or less, 0.32 kW or less, 0.30 kW or less, 0.28 kW or less, 0.26 kW or less, 0.24 kW or less, 0.22 kW or less, 0.20 kW or less). As used herein, the term “using energy” refers to energy consumed by the one or more energy transfer apparatuses, or energy applied by the one or more energy transfer apparatuses to the plastic feedstock, or energy transferred by the one or more energy transfer apparatuses to the plastic feedstock. In some implementations, the one or more energy transfer apparatuses (e.g., the one or more extruders and / or one or more pyrolysis reactors) of the pyrolysis system are collectively configured for using energy at an average rate from 0.20 kW to 0.80 kW per pound of pyrolyzed product produced by the system per hour (e.g., from 0.20 kW to 0.78 kW, from 0.20 kW to 0.76 kW, from 0.20 kW to 0.74 kW, from 0.20 kW to 0.72 kW, from 0.20 kW to 0.70 kW, from 0.20 kW to 0.68 kW, from 0.20 kW to 0.66 kW, from 0.20 kW to 0.64 kW, from 0.20 kW to 0.62 kW, from 0.20 kW to 0.60 kW, from 0.20 kW to 0.58 kW, from 0.20 kW to 0.56 kW, from 0.20 kW to 0.54 kW, from 0.20 kW to 0.52 kW, from 0.20 kW to 0.50 kW, from 0.20 kW to 0.48 kW, from 0.20 kW to 0.46 kW, from 0.20 kW to 0.44 kW, from 0.20 kW to 0.42 kW, from 0.20 kW to 0.40 kW, from 0.20 kW to 0.38 kW, from 0.20 kW to 0.36 kW, from 0.20 kW to 0.34 kW, from 0.20 kW to 0.32 kW, from 0.20 kW to 0.30 kW). In some specific implementations, the foregoing average energy efficiency ranges may be achieved using the pyrolysis system S100e of Figure 5, where the extruder S107a comprises the extruder 800 shown and described with respect to Figure 33 and the pyrolysis reactor S108a comprises the pyrolysis reactor 5000 shown and described with respect to Figure 47. Low Bulk Density Feedstock for Extrusion As explained in detail herein, various implementations of the pyrolysis systems may include one or more extruders (e.g., one or more extruders configured for heating plastic feedstock and converting the plastic feedstock into a molten or semi-molten state that is directed into one or more pyrolysis reactors). In various implementations, the plastic feedstock being fed into the extruder has a bulk density. As used herein, the bulk density refers to the mass of the plastic feedstock divided by its volume prior to the plastic feedstock being directed into an extruder or pyrolysis reactor (e.g., the bulk density of the uncompressed plastic feedstock in the extruder hopper prior to being forced into the extruder barrel). Bulk density can, for example, be determined using ASTM D1895 B. In various implementations, the plastic feedstock may comprise low bulk density recycled plastic feedstock. For example, as explained in greater detail herein, the low bulk density recycled plastic feedstock may be provided in the form of recycled plastic film feedstock (e.g., shredded recycled plastic film feedstock that has been subjected to one or more sorting, size reduction, and / or drying operations and that has a bulk density less than recycled plastic feedstock provided in pellet form). According to various implementations described herein, the low bulk density recycled plastic feedstock may be fed into an extruder from a hopper (e.g., such that the low bulk density recycled plastic feedstock exits the hopper and a pneumatic ram or other compression apparatus then compresses the low bulk density feedstock as it enters the extruder barrel, as shown and described with respect to Figures 24- 34). The feedstock may then be output from the extruder in molten or semi-molten form and directed into a pyrolysis reactor according to various implementations described herein. In various implementations, the low bulk density recycled plastic feedstock can have a bulk density of 500 kg / m3or less (e.g., 450 kg / m3or less, 400 kg / m3or less, 350 kg / m3or less, 300 kg / m3or less, 275 kg / m3or less, 250 kg / m3or less, 225 kg / m3or less, 200 kg / m3or less, 175 kg / m3or less, 150 kg / m3or less, 140 kg / m3or less, 130 kg / m3or less, 120 kg / m3or less, 110 kg / m3or less, 100 kg / m3or less, 95 kg / m3or less, 90 kg / m3or less, 85 kg / m3or less, 80 kg / m3or less, 75 kg / m3or less, 70 kg / m3or less, 65 kg / m3or less, 60 kg / m3or less, 55 kg / m3or less, 50 kg / m3or less, 45 kg / m3or less, 40 kg / m3or less, 35 kg / m3or less, 30 kg / m3or less, 25 kg / m3or less, or 20 kg / m3or less). In some examples, the low bulk density recycled plastic feedstock can have a bulk density of 250 kg / m3or less. In some examples, the low bulk density recycled plastic feedstock can have a bulk density of 100 kg / m3or less. The bulk density of the low bulk density recycled plastic feedstock can range from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above. For example, the low bulk density plastic feedstock can have a bulk density of from 10 to 500 kg / m3(e.g., from 10 to 250 kg / m3, from 250 to 500 kg / m3, from 10 to 100 kg / m3, from 100 to 200 kg / m3, from 200 to 300 kg / m3, from 300 to 400 kg / m3, from 400 to 500 kg / m3, from 10 to 450 kg / m3, from 10 to 400 kg / m3, from 10 to 350 kg / m3, from 10 to 300 kg / m3, from 10 to 250 kg / m3, from 10 to 200 kg / m3, from 10 to 150 kg / m3, from 10 to 100 kg / m3, from 10 to 50 kg / m3, from 20 to 500 kg / m3, from 30 to 500 kg / m3, from 40 to 500 kg / m3, from 50 to 500 kg / m3, from 100 to 500 kg / m3, from 20 to 100 kg / m3, from 30 to 100 kg / m3, from 20 to 250 kg / m3, or from 30 to 250 kg / m3). In some examples, the low bulk density recycled plastic feedstock can have a bulk density of from 10 to 250 kg / m3. In some examples, the low bulk density recycled plastic feedstock can have a bulk density of from 10 to 100 kg / m3. In some examples, the low bulk density recycled plastic feedstock can have a bulk density of from 20 to 100 kg / m3. In some examples, the low bulk density recycled plastic feedstock can have a bulk density of from 30 to 100 kg / m3. In some examples, the low bulk density recycled plastic feedstock can have a bulk density of from 20 to 250 kg / m3. In some examples, the low bulk density recycled plastic feedstock can have a bulk density of from 30 to 250 kg / m3. In various implementations, the recycled plastic feedstock being fed into the extruder can have an average melt flow index (MFI). For example, the plastic feedstock can comprise a plurality of different plastic materials, each with its own MFI, such that the average MFI of the plastic feedstock comprises a weighted average of the MFI of the different plastic materials. Accordingly, as used herein, average melt flow index refers to the weighted average (e.g., weighted average by volume or mass) of the MFI of the plastic materials comprising the recycled plastic feedstock prior to the feedstock being directed into an extruder or pyrolysis reactor (e.g., shredded recycled plastic film feedstock that has been subjected to one or more sorting, size reduction, and / or drying operations prior to being directed to an extruder). The melt flow index of each of the different plastic materials and / or the average melt flow index of the plastic feedstock can be determined, for example, using ASTM D1238 B. In some examples, the plastic feedstock can have an average melt flow index of 20 g / 10min or less (e.g., 19 g / 10min or less, 18 g / 10min or less, 17 g / 10min or less, 16 g / 10min or less, 15 g / 10min or less, 14 g / 10min or less, 13 g / 10min or less, 12 g / 10min or less, 11 g / 10min or less, 10 g / 10min or less, 9.5 g / 10min or less, 9 g / 10min or less, 8.5 g / 10min or less, 8 g / 10min or less, 7.5 g / 10min or less, 7 g / 10min or less, 6.5 g / 10min or less, 6 g / 10min or less, 5.75 g / 10min or less, 5.5 g / 10min or less, 5.25 g / 10min or less, 5 g / 10min or less, 4.75 g / 10min or less, 4.5 g / 10min or less, 4.25 g / 10min or less, 4 g / 10min or less, 3.75 g / 10min or less, 3.5 g / 10min or less, 3.25 g / 10min or less, 3 g / 10min or less, 2.75 g / 10min or less, 2.5 g / 10min or less, 2.4 g / 10min or less, 2.3 g / 10min or less, 2.2 g / 10min or less, 2.1 g / 10min or less, 2 g / 10min or less, 1.9 g / 10min or less, 1.8 g / 10min or less, 1.7 g / 10min or less, 1.6 g / 10min or less, 1.5 g / 10min or less, 1.4 g / 10min or less, 1.3 g / 10min or less, 1.2 g / 10min or less, 1.1 g / 10min or less, 1 g / 10min or less, 0.95 g / 10min or less, 0.9 g / 10min or less, 0.85 g / 10min or less, 0.8 g / 10min or less, 0.75 g / 10min or less, 0.7 g / 10min or less, 0.65 g / 10min or less, 0.6 g / 10min or less, 0.55 g / 10min or less, 0.5 g / 10min or less, 0.45 g / 10min or less, 0.4 g / 10min or less, 0.35 g / 10min or less, 0.3 g / 10min or less, 0.25 g / 10min or less, 0.2 g / 10min or less, 0.15 g / 10min or less, 0.1 g / 10min or less, or 0.05 g / 10min or less, 0.01 g / 10min or less). In some examples, the plastic feedstock can have an average melt flow index of 0.01 g / 10min or more (e.g., 0.05 g / 10min or more, 0.1 g / 10min or more, 0.15 g / 10min or more, 0.2 g / 10min or more, 0.25 g / 10min or more, 0.3 g / 10min or more, 0.35 g / 10min or more, 0.4 g / 10min or more, 0.45 g / 10min or more, 0.5 g / 10min or more, 0.55 g / 10min or more, 0.6 g / 10min or more, 0.65 g / 10min or more, 0.7 g / 10min or more, 0.75 g / 10min or more, 0.8 g / 10min or more, 0.85 g / 10min or more, 0.9 g / 10min or more, 0.95 g / 10min or more, 1 g / 10min or more, 1.1 g / 10min or more, 1.2 g / 10min or more, 1.3 g / 10min or more, 1.4 g / 10min or more, 1.5 g / 10min or more, 1.6 g / 10min or more, 1.7 g / 10min or more, 1.8 g / 10min or more, 1.9 g / 10min or more, 2 g / 10min or more, 2.1 g / 10min or more, 2.2 g / 10min or more, 2.3 g / 10min or more, 2.4 g / 10min or more, 2.5 g / 10min or more, 2.75 g / 10min or more, 3 g / 10min or more, 3.25 g / 10min or more, 3.5 g / 10min or more, 3.75 g / 10min or more, 4 g / 10min or more, 4.25 g / 10min or more, 4.5 g / 10min or more, 4.75 g / 10min or more, 5 g / 10min or more, 5.25 g / 10min or more, 5.5 g / 10min or more, 5.75 g / 10min or more, 6 g / 10min or more, 6.5 g / 10min or more, 7 g / 10min or more, 7.5 g / 10min or more, 8 g / 10min or more, 8.5 g / 10min or more, 9 g / 10min or more, 9.5 g / 10min or more, 10 g / 10min or more, 11 g / 10min or more, 12 g / 10min or more, 13 g / 10min or more, 14 g / 10min or more, 15 g / 10min or more, 16 g / 10min or more, 17 g / 10min or more, 18 g / 10min or more, 19 g / 10min or more, or 20 g / 10min or more). The average melt flow index of the plastic feedstock being fed into the extruder can range from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above. For example, the plastic feedstock being fed into the extruder can have an average melt flow index of from 0.01 g / 10min to 20 g / 10min (e.g., from 0.05 g / 10min to 20 g / 10min, from 0.05 g / 10min to 19 g / 10min, from 0.05 g / 10min to 18 g / 10min, from 0.05 g / 10min to 17 g / 10min, from 0.05 g / 10min to 16 g / 10min, from 0.05 g / 10min to 15 g / 10min, from 0.05 g / 10min to 14 g / 10min, from 0.05 g / 10min to 13 g / 10min, from 0.05 g / 10min to 12 g / 10min, from 0.05 g / 10min to 11 g / 10min, from 0.05 g / 10min to 10 g / 10min, from 0.1 g / 10min to 10 g / 10min, from 0.1 g / 10min to 9.5 g / 10min, from 0.1 g / 10min to 9 g / 10min, from 0.1 g / 10min to 8.5 g / 10min, from 0.1 g / 10min to 8 g / 10min, from 0.1 g / 10min to 7.5 g / 10min, from 0.1 g / 10min to 7 g / 10min, from 0.1 g / 10min to 6.5 g / 10min, from 0.1 g / 10min to 6 g / 10min, from 0.15 g / 10min to 5.75 g / 10min, from 0.2 g / 10min to 5.5 g / 10min, from 0.25 g / 10min to 5.25 g / 10min, from 0.3 g / 10min to 5 g / 10min, from 0.35 g / 10min to 4.75 g / 10min, from 0.4 g / 10min to 4.5 g / 10min, from 0.45 g / 10min to 4.25 g / 10min, from 0.5 g / 10min to 4 g / 10min, from 0.5 g / 10min to 3.75 g / 10min, from 0.5 g / 10min to 3.5 g / 10min¸from 0.5 g / 10min to 3.25 g / 10min, from 0.5 g / 10min to 3 g / 10min, from 0.5 g / 10min to 2.75 g / 10min, from 0.5 g / 10min to 2.5 g / 10min, from 0.5 g / 10min to 2.4 g / 10min, from 0.5 g / 10min to 2.3 g / 10min, from 0.5 g / 10min to 2.2 g / 10min, from 0.5 g / 10min to 2.1 g / 10min, from 0.5 g / 10min to 2 g / 10min, from 0.5 g / 10min to 1.9 g / 10min, from 0.5 g / 10min to 1.8 g / 10min, from 0.5 g / 10min to 1.7 g / 10min, from 0.5 g / 10min to 1.6 g / 10min, from 0.5 g / 10min to 1.5 g / 10min¸from 0.5 g / 10min to 1.4 g / 10min, from 0.5 g / 10min to 1.3 g / 10min, from 0.5 g / 10min to 1.2 g / 10min, from 0.5 g / 10min to 1.1 g / 10min, from 0.5 g / 10min to 1 g / 10min, from 0.05 g / 10min to 20 g / 10min, from 0.1 g / 10min to 20 g / 10min, from 0.15 g / 10min to 19 g / 10min, from 0.2 g / 10min to 18 g / 10min, from 0.25 g / 10min to 17 g / 10min, from 0.3 g / 10min to 16 g / 10min, from 0.35 g / 10min to 15 g / 10min, from 0.4 g / 10min to 14 g / 10min, from 0.45 g / 10min to 13 g / 10min, from 0.5 g / 10min to 12 g / 10min, from 0.55 g / 10min to 11 g / 10min, from 0.6 g / 10min to 10 g / 10min, from 0.65 g / 10min to 10 g / 10min, from 0.7 g / 10min to 10 g / 10min from 0.75 g / 10min to 10 g / 10min, from 0.8 g / 10min to 10 g / 10min, from 0.85 g / 10min to 10 g / 10min, from 0.9 g / 10min to 10 g / 10min, from 0.95 g / 10min to 10 g / 10min, from 0.1 g / 10min to 10 g / 10min). In various implementations, the recycled plastic feedstock can have a distribution of melt flow indexes (MFI distribution). For example, the plastic feedstock can comprise a plurality of different plastic materials, each with its own MFI. As used herein, the MFI distribution of the plastic feedstock refers to the distribution of MFIs in the recycled plastic feedstock spanning from the lowest-MFI plastic material within the recycled plastic feedstock to the highest-MFI plastic material within the recycled plastic feedstock. For example, the recycled plastic feedstock can comprise a first plastic material having a first melt flow index and a second plastic material having a second melt flow index, wherein the first melt flow index is different than the second melt flow index. In some examples, the first melt flow index is lower than the second melt flow index. In some examples, the first melt flow index is the lowest melt flow index of any of the plastic materials within the plastic feedstock. In some examples, the second melt flow index is the highest melt flow index of any of the plastic materials within the plastic feedstock. In some examples, the distribution of melt flow indexes can be from the first melt flow index to the second melt flow index. In some examples, the recycled plastic feedstock can have a distribution of melt flow indexes of from 0.05 g / 10min to 20 g / 10min (e.g., from 0.05 g / 10min to 19 g / 10min, from 0.05 g / 10min to 18 g / 10min, from 0.05 g / 10min to ...

Claims

CLAIMS What is claimed is:

1. A system for pyrolyzing plastic feedstock, the system comprising: one or more energy transfer apparatuses configured for receiving the plastic feedstock and applying energy to the plastic feedstock; wherein the one or more energy transfer apparatuses comprise at least one pyrolysis reactor configured for receiving and pyrolyzing the plastic feedstock, the at least one pyrolysis reactor comprising: a reactor vessel defining an internal volume configured for receiving and pyrolyzing the plastic feedstock; and one or more electric heaters configured for heating the feedstock in the reactor vessel’s internal volume to a temperature between 200°C and 1,000°C.

2. The system of Claim 1, wherein the one or more energy transfer apparatuses are collectively configured for using energy at an average rate of 0.80 kW per pound of pyrolyzed product produced by the system per hour or less; or wherein the one or more energy transfer apparatuses are collectively configured for using energy at an average rate of 0.50 kW per pound of pyrolyzed product produced by the system per hour or less; or wherein the one or more energy transfer apparatuses are collectively configured for using energy at an average rate of 0.40 kW per pound of pyrolyzed product produced by the system per hour or less; or wherein the one or more energy transfer apparatuses are collectively configured for using energy at an average rate of 0.30 kW per pound of pyrolyzed product produced by the system per hour or less.

3. The system of any one of Claims 1-2, wherein the at least one reactor is configured for using energy at an average rate of 0.70 kW per pound of pyrolyzed product produced within the reactor per hour or less; or wherein the at least one reactor is configured for using energy at an average rate of 0.30 kW per pound of pyrolyzed product produced within the reactor per hour or less; wherein the at least one reactor is configured for using energy at an average rate of 0.20 kW per pound of pyrolyzed product produced within the reactor per hour or less; orwherein the reactor is configured for using energy at an average rate of 0.16 kW per pound of pyrolyzed product produced within the reactor per hour or less.

4. The system of any one of Claims 1-3, wherein the internal volume of the reactor vessel is between 100 and 20,000 gallons.

5. The system of any one of Claims 1-4, wherein the reactor vessel is configured for maintaining a pressure in its internal volume during pyrolysis that is between -7.5 and 14.5 psig.

6. The system of any one of Claims 1-5, wherein the one or more electric heaters are configured for applying heat to the plastic feedstock in the reactor vessel at a heat density between 5 and 55 W / in2.

7. The system of any one of Claims 1-6, wherein the at least one pyrolysis reactor further comprises one or more gas heaters configured for heating the feedstock in the reactor vessel’s internal volume.

8. The system of any one of Claims 1-7, wherein the one or more electric heaters comprise one or more electric heaters positioned around sides of the reactor vessel; or wherein the one or more electric heaters comprise one or more electric heaters extending into the interior volume of the reactor vessel; or wherein the one or more electric heaters comprise an array of electric heaters that are vertically oriented and extend into an interior volume of the reactor vessel.

9. The system of any one of Claims 1-8, wherein the reactor vessel includes an agitator configured for stirring the plastic feedstock during pyrolysis.

10. The system of Claim 9, wherein the agitator is configured to continuously stir the feedstock within the reactor vessel during pyrolysis; or wherein the agitator is configured to continuously produce average liquid flow velocities inside the reactor vessel between 0.2 and 10 m / s; or wherein the agitator is configured to continuously produce average liquid flow velocities inside the reactor vessel between 0.5 and 6 m / s.

11. The system of Claim 9, wherein the agitator comprises a vertically oriented drive shaft and one or more impellers mounted on the drive shaft.

12. The system of Claim 11, wherein the one or more impellers each comprise a plurality of impeller blades extending radially outwardly from the drive shaft.

13. The system of any one of Claims 1-12, wherein the reactor vessel further comprises one or more vapor outlets configured for directing hydrocarbon vapor generated during pyrolysis out of the reactor vessel.

14. The system of Claim 13, further comprising one or more condensers; and wherein the one or more vapor outlets are configured for directing hydrocarbon vapor generated during pyrolysis to the one or more condensers for separating the hydrocarbon vapor into a wax product, an oil product, a gas product, or a combination thereof.

15. The system of Claim 14, wherein the wax product comprises long-chain hydrocarbons that are solid or semi-solid wax at ambient temperature and pressure; or wherein the oil product comprises short-chain hydrocarbons that are a liquid at ambient temperature and pressure; or wherein the gas product comprises hydrocarbons that are non-condensable at ambient temperature and pressure.

16. The system of any one of Claims 1-15, further comprising: one or more temperature sensors configured for sensing the temperature of the plastic feedstock in the reactor vessel; and a pyrolysis control system configured for: at least temporarily storing a target temperature value for the plastic feedstock in the reactor vessel, monitoring the temperature of the plastic feedstock in the reactor vessel as measured by the one or more temperature sensors, and in response to the temperature measured by the one or more temperature sensors, controlling the one or more electric heaters to maintain the temperature of the plastic feedstock within a defined tolerance relative to the target temperature value.

17. The system of Claim 16, wherein the defined tolerance is within 10°C of the target temperature value.

18. The system of any one of Claims 1-17, wherein the plastic feedstock is a continuous stream of molten or semi-molten feedstock; and wherein the reactor vessel is configured to pyrolyze the continuous stream of molten or semi-molten feedstock.

19. The system of any one of Claims 1-18, wherein the one or more energy transfer apparatuses further comprise at least one extruder; and wherein the at least one extruder is configured for: receiving the plastic feedstock, melting the plastic feedstock to produce at least semi-molten feedstock, and directing the at least semi-molten feedstock to the at least one pyrolysis reactor.

20. The system of Claim 19, wherein the at least one extruder comprises: an extruder barrel; and one or more vents configured to allow air, steam, and / or low melting-point contaminants to exit the extruder barrel.

21. The system of any one of Claims 19-20, wherein the at least one extruder further comprises a hopper configured for receiving the plastic feedstock.

22. The system of any one of Claims 19-21, wherein the at least one extruder further comprises a pneumatic ram configured for compressing low bulk density recycled plastic feedstock at it enters the extruder barrel.

23. The system of any one of Claims 19-22, wherein the at least one extruder further comprises a dual vent extruder screw defining a feed section configured for receiving and melting low density recycled plastic feedstock compressed by the pneumatic ram.

24. The system of any one of Claim 19-23, wherein the plastic feedstock comprises:low bulk density recycled plastic feedstock having a bulk density of 500 kg / m3or less, or 100 kg / m3or less, or 50 kg / m3or less, or 25 kg / m3or less; or wide MFI distribution recycled plastic feedstock having a distribution of melt flow indexes of from 0.05 g / 10min to 20 g / 10min, or from 0.1 g / 10min to 9 g / 10min, or from 0.2 g / 10min to 5.5 g / 10min, or from 0.3 g / 10min to 5 g / 10min; or wide glass transition temperature distribution recycled plastic feedstock having a distribution of glass transition temperatures of from 100°C to 200°C, or from 110°C to 175°C, or from 125°C to 150°C; or a combination thereof.

25. The system of any one of Claims 19-24, wherein the at least one extruder further comprises a dual vent extruder screw defining: a feed section; a mixing section; a first decompression section; a first degassing section; a first pumping section; a second decompression section; a second degassing section; and / or a second pumping section; or a combination thereof.

26. The system of any one of Claims 19-24, wherein the at least one extruder further comprises: a feed section temperature control system configured for controlling the temperature of the plastic feedstock in the feed section; a mixing section temperature control system configured for controlling the temperature of the plastic feedstock in the mixing section; a first decompression section temperature control system configured for controlling the temperature of the plastic feedstock in the first decompression section; a first degassing section temperature control system configured for controlling the temperature of the plastic feedstock in the first degassing section; a first pumping section temperature control system configured for controlling the temperature of the plastic feedstock in the first pumping section;a second decompression section temperature control system configured for controlling the temperature of the plastic feedstock in the second decompression section; a second degassing section temperature control system configured for controlling the temperature of the plastic feedstock in the second degassing section; a second pumping section temperature control system configured for controlling the temperature of the plastic feedstock in the second pumping section; and / or a pyrolysis control system configured for storing a target temperature value for the plastic feedstock in the extruder’s feed section, mixing section, first decompression section, first degassing section, first pumping section, second decompression section, second degassing section, and / or second pumping section; monitoring the temperature of the plastic feedstock in the extruder as measured by the one or more temperature sensors in the extruder’s feed section, mixing section, first decompression section, first degassing section, first pumping section, second decompression section, second degassing section, and / or second pumping section; and in response to the temperature measured by the one or more temperature sensors, controlling the in the extruder’s feed section temperature control system, mixing section temperature control system, first decompression section temperature control system, first degassing section temperature control system, first pumping section temperature control system, second decompression section temperature control system, second degassing section temperature control system, and / or second pumping section temperature control system to maintain the temperature of the plastic feedstock within a defined tolerance relative to the target temperature value; or a combination thereof.

27. The system of any one of Claims 19-26, wherein the dual vent extruder screw includes a first degassing section and a second degassing section; wherein the at least one extruder includes a first vent associated with the first degassing section and configured for permitting vapor to separate from the plastic feedstock in the extruder and exit the extruder via the first vent; wherein the at least one extruder includes a second vent associated with the second degassing section and configured for permitting additional vapor to separate from the plastic feedstock and exit the extruder via the second vent; andwherein the vapor and additional vapor exiting the extruder comprises air, steam, and / or low melting-point contaminants.

28. The system of any one of Claims 19-27, wherein the at least one pyrolysis reactor is configured for using energy at an average rate of 0.70 kW per pound of pyrolyzed product produced by the system per hour or less; and wherein the at least one extruder is configured for using energy at an average rate of 0.40 kW per pound of pyrolyzed product produced by the system per hour or less.

29. The system of any one of Claims 1-28, wherein the at least one pyrolysis reactor is configured for receiving and pyrolyzing the plastic feedstock at an industrial scale 30. The system of any one of Claims 1-29, wherein the plastic feedstock comprises post- consumer and / or post-industrial plastics.

31. A reactor for pyrolysis of plastic feedstock, the reactor comprising: a reactor vessel defining an internal volume configured for receiving and pyrolyzing the plastic feedstock; and one or more electric heaters configured for heating the feedstock in the reactor vessel’s internal volume to a temperature between 200°C and 1,000°C.

32. The reactor of Claim 31, wherein the reactor is configured for using energy at an average rate of 0.70 kW per pound of pyrolyzed product produced within the reactor per hour or less; or wherein the reactor is configured for using energy at an average rate of 0.30 kW per pound of pyrolyzed product produced within the reactor per hour or less; or wherein the reactor is configured for using energy at an average rate of 0.20 kW per pound of pyrolyzed product produced within the reactor per hour or less; or wherein the reactor is configured for using energy at an average rate of 0.16 kW per pound of pyrolyzed product produced within the reactor per hour or less.

33. The reactor of any one of Claims 31-32, wherein the reactor is configured for producing an average of 0.30 pounds or more of pyrolyzed product per hour per gallon of the reactor's internal volume for a period of 24 hours or more; orwherein the reactor is configured for producing an average of 0.40 pounds or more of pyrolyzed product per hour per gallon of the reactor's internal volume for a period of 24 hours or more; or wherein the reactor is configured for producing an average of 0.45 pounds or more of pyrolyzed product per hour per gallon of the reactor's internal volume for a period of 24 hours or more; or wherein the reactor is configured for producing an average of 0.50 pounds or more of pyrolyzed product per hour per gallon of the reactor's internal volume for a period of 24 hours or more.

34. The reactor of any one of Claims 31-33, wherein the reactor is configured for operating to pyrolyze the plastic feedstock for a cumulative period of 324 hours or more during a time period of 360 hours; or wherein the reactor is configured for operating to pyrolyze the plastic feedstock for a cumulative period of 342 hours or more during a time period of 360 hours; or wherein the reactor is configured for operating to pyrolyze the plastic feedstock for a cumulative period of 576 hours or more during a time period of 720 hours; or wherein the reactor is configured for operating to pyrolyze the plastic feedstock for a cumulative period of 756 hours or more during a time period of 1080 hours.

35. The reactor of any one of Claims 31-34, wherein the internal volume of the reactor vessel is between 100 and 20,000 gallons.

36. The reactor of any one of Claims 31-35, wherein the reactor vessel is configured for maintaining a pressure in its internal volume during pyrolysis that is between -7.5 and 14.5 psig.

37. The reactor of any one of Claims 31-36, wherein the one or more electric heaters are configured for applying heat to the plastic feedstock in the reactor vessel at a heat density between 5 and 55 W / in2.

38. The reactor of any one of Claims 31-37, further comprising one or more gas heaters configured for heating the feedstock in the reactor vessel’s internal volume.

39. The reactor of any one of Claims 31-38, wherein the one or more electric heaters comprise one or more electric heaters positioned around sides of the reactor vessel; or wherein the one or more electric heaters further comprise one or more electric heaters extending into the interior volume of the reactor vessel; or wherein the one or more electric heaters comprise an array of electric heaters that are vertically oriented and extend into an interior volume of the reactor vessel.

40. The reactor of any one of Claims 31-39, wherein the reactor vessel includes an agitator configured for stirring the plastic feedstock during pyrolysis.

41. The reactor of any one of Claims 31-40, wherein the agitator is configured to continuously stir the feedstock within the reactor vessel during pyrolysis; or wherein the agitator is configured to continuously produce average liquid flow velocities inside the reactor vessel between 0.2 and 10 m / s; or wherein the agitator is configured to continuously produce average liquid flow velocities inside the reactor vessel between 0.5 and 6 m / s.

42. The reactor of any one of Claims 31-41, wherein the agitator comprises a vertically oriented drive shaft and one or more impellers mounted on the drive shaft.

43. The reactor of Claim 42, wherein the one or more impellers each comprise a plurality of impeller blades extending radially outwardly from the drive shaft.

44. The reactor of any one of Claims 31-43, further comprising one or more vapor outlets configured for directing hydrocarbon vapor generated during pyrolysis out of the reactor vessel.

45. The reactor of any one of Claims 31-44, further comprising: one or more temperature sensors configured for sensing the temperature of the plastic feedstock in the reactor vessel; and a pyrolysis control system configured for: at least temporarily storing a target temperature value for the plastic feedstock in the reactor vessel, monitoring the temperature of the plastic feedstock in the reactor vessel asmeasured by the one or more temperature sensors, and in response to the temperature measured by the one or more temperature sensors, controlling the one or more electric heaters to maintain the temperature of the plastic feedstock within a defined tolerance relative to the target temperature value.

46. The reactor of Claim 45, wherein the defined tolerance is within 10°C of the target temperature value.

47. The reactor of any one of Claims 31-46, wherein the plastic feedstock is a continuous stream of molten or semi-molten feedstock; and wherein the reactor vessel is configured to pyrolyze the continuous stream of molten or semi-molten feedstock.

48. The reactor of any one of Claims 31-47, wherein the reactor vessel’s internal volume is configured for receiving and pyrolyzing the plastic feedstock at an industrial scale.

49. The system of any one of Claims 31-48, wherein the plastic feedstock comprises post- consumer and / or post-industrial plastics.

50. A method for pyrolysis of plastic feedstock comprising post-consumer and / or post- industrial plastics, the method comprising: directing the plastic feedstock into an internal volume of a reactor vessel of a pyrolysis reactor; and pyrolyzing the plastic feedstock in the internal volume of the reactor vessel; wherein the step of pyrolyzing the plastic feedstock comprises: using one or more electric heaters to heat the plastic feedstock in the reactor vessel's internal volume to a temperature between 200°C and 1,000°C.

51. The method of Claim 50, wherein the step of pyrolyzing the plastic feedstock comprises: using reactor energy at an average rate of 0.70 kW per pound of pyrolyzed product produced within the reactor per hour or less; or using reactor energy at an average rate of 0.30 kW per pound of pyrolyzed product produced within the reactor per hour or less; orusing reactor energy at an average rate of 0.20 kW per pound of pyrolyzed product produced within the reactor per hour or less; or using reactor energy at an average rate of 0.16 kW per pound of pyrolyzed product produced within the reactor per hour or less.

52. The method of any one of Claims 50-51, wherein the step of pyrolyzing the plastic feedstock comprises: producing an average of 0.30 pounds or more of pyrolyzed product per hour per gallon of the reactor's internal volume for a period of 24 hours or more; or producing an average of 0.40 pounds or more of pyrolyzed product per hour per gallon of the reactor's internal volume for a period of 24 hours or more; or producing an average of 0.45 pounds or more of pyrolyzed product per hour per gallon of the reactor's internal volume for a period of 24 hours or more; or producing an average of 0.50 pounds or more of pyrolyzed product per hour per gallon of the reactor's internal volume for a period of 24 hours or more.

53. The method of any one of Claims 50-52, wherein the step of pyrolyzing the plastic feedstock comprises: operating the reactor to pyrolyze the plastic feedstock for a cumulative period of 324 hours or more during a time period of 360 hours; or operating the reactor to pyrolyze the plastic feedstock for a cumulative period of 342 hours or more during a time period of 360 hours; or operating the reactor to pyrolyze the plastic feedstock for a cumulative period of 576 hours or more during a time period of 720 hours; or operating the reactor to pyrolyze the plastic feedstock for a cumulative period of 756 hours or more during a time period of 1080 hours.

54. The method of any one of Claims 50-53, wherein the internal volume of the reactor vessel is between 100 and 20,000 gallons.

55. The method of any one of Claims 50-54, wherein the step of pyrolyzing the plastic feedstock further comprises maintaining a pressure in the internal volume of the reactor vessel during pyrolysis that is between -7.5 and 14.5 psig.

56. The method of any one of Claims 50-55, wherein the step of pyrolyzing the plastic feedstock further comprises using the one or more electric heaters to apply heat to the plastic feedstock in the reactor vessel at a heat density between 5 and 55 W / in2.

57. The method of any one of Claims 50-56, wherein the step of pyrolyzing the plastic feedstock comprises further comprises using one or more gas heaters to heat the plastic feedstock in the reactor vessel's internal volume.

58. The method of any one of Claims 50-57, wherein the one or more electric heaters comprise one or more electric heaters positioned around sides of the reactor vessel; or wherein the one or more electric heaters further comprise one or more electric heaters extending into the interior volume of the reactor vessel; or wherein the one or more electric heaters comprise an array of electric heaters that are vertically oriented and extend into an interior volume of the reactor vessel.

59. The method of any one of Claims 50-58, wherein the step of pyrolyzing the plastic feedstock further comprises stirring the plastic feedstock during pyrolysis using an agitator in the reactor vessel.

60. The method of Claim 59, wherein the step of stirring the plastic feedstock comprises continuously stirring the plastic feedstock during pyrolysis; or wherein the step of stirring the plastic feedstock comprises using the agitator to continuously produce average liquid flow velocities inside the reactor vessel between 0.2 and 10 m / s; or wherein the step of stirring the plastic feedstock comprises using the agitator to continuously produce average liquid flow velocities inside the reactor vessel between 0.5 and 6 m / s.

61. The method of any one of Claims 59-60, wherein the agitator comprises a vertically oriented drive shaft and one or more impellers mounted on the drive shaft.

62. The method of any one of Claims 59-61, wherein the one or more impellers each comprise a plurality of impeller blades extending radially outwardly from the drive shaft.

63. The method of any one of Claims 50-62, further comprising the step of directing hydrocarbon vapor generated during pyrolysis out of the reactor vessel via one or more vapor outlets provided on the reactor vessel.

64. The method of any one of Claims 50-62, further comprising the steps of: directing the hydrocarbon vapor generated during pyrolysis from the one or more vapor outlets to one or more condensers; and using the one or more condensers to separate the hydrocarbon vapor into a wax product, an oil product, a gas product, or a combination thereof.

65. The method of Claim 64, wherein the wax product comprises long-chain hydrocarbons that are solid or semi-solid wax at ambient temperature and pressure; or wherein the oil product comprises short-chain hydrocarbons that are a liquid at ambient temperature and pressure; or wherein the gas product comprises hydrocarbons that are non-condensable at ambient temperature and pressure.

66. The method of any one of Claims 50-65, wherein the step of pyrolyzing the plastic feedstock further comprises: using one or more temperature sensors to sense the temperature of the plastic feedstock in the reactor vessel; and using a pyrolysis control system to: at least temporarily store at least one target temperature value for the plastic feedstock in the reactor vessel, monitor the temperature of the plastic feedstock in the reactor vessel by communicating with the one or more temperature sensors, and in response to the temperature measured by the one or more temperature sensors, control the one or more electric heaters to maintain the temperature of the plastic feedstock within a defined tolerance relative to the target temperature value.

67. The method of Claim 66, wherein the defined tolerance is within 10°C of the target temperature value.

68. The method of any one of Claims 50-67, wherein the step of directing the plasticfeedstock into an internal volume of a reactor vessel comprises: directing a continuous stream of molten or semi-molten feedstock into the internal volume of the reactor vessel; and wherein the step of pyrolyzing the plastic feedstock comprises pyrolyzing the continuous stream of molten or semi-molten feedstock in the reactor vessel.

69. The method of any one of Claims 50-68, wherein the step of directing the plastic feedstock into an internal volume of a reactor vessel comprises: directing the plastic feedstock into at least one extruder; melting the plastic feedstock using the at least one extruder to produce at least semi- molten feedstock; and directing the at least semi-molten feedstock into the internal volume of the reactor vessel.

70. The method of any one of Claims 50-69, wherein the at least one extruder comprises: an extruder barrel; and one or more vents configured to allow air, steam, and / or low melting-point contaminants to exit the extruder barrel.

71. The method of any one of Claims 50-70, wherein the plastic feedstock comprises low bulk density recycled plastic feedstock; wherein the step of directing the plastic feedstock into the at least one extruder comprises directing the low bulk density recycled plastic feedstock into a hopper, directing the low bulk density recycled plastic feedstock out of the hopper and into a pneumatic ram, and using the pneumatic ram to compress the low bulk density recycled plastic feedstock into an extruder barrel or feed throat of the extruder.

72. The method of any one of Claims 50-71, further comprising the step of directing the low bulk density recycled plastic feedstock into a feed section of a dual vent extruder screw in the at least one extruder under compression from the pneumatic ram.

73. The method of any one of Claims 50-72, wherein the plastic feedstock comprises: low bulk density recycled plastic feedstock having a bulk density of 500 kg / m3or less, or 100 kg / m3or less, or 50 kg / m3or less, or 25 kg / m3or less; orwide MFI distribution recycled plastic feedstock having a distribution of melt flow indexes of from 0.05 g / 10min to 20 g / 10min, or from 0.1 g / 10min to 9 g / 10min, or from 0.2 g / 10min to 5.5 g / 10min, or from 0.3 g / 10min to 5 g / 10min; or wide glass transition temperature distribution recycled plastic feedstock having a distribution of glass transition temperatures of from 100°C to 200°C, or from 110°C to 175°C, or from 125°C to 150°C; or a combination thereof.

74. The method of any one of Claims 50-73, wherein the at least one extruder further comprises a dual vent extruder screw defining: a feed section; a mixing section; a first decompression section; a first degassing section; a first pumping section; a second decompression section; a second degassing section; and / or a second pumping section; or a combination thereof.

75. The method of Claim 74, wherein the at least one extruder further comprises: a feed section temperature control system configured for controlling the temperature of the plastic feedstock in the feed section; a mixing section temperature control system configured for controlling the temperature of the plastic feedstock in the mixing section; a first decompression section temperature control system configured for controlling the temperature of the plastic feedstock in the first decompression section; a first degassing section temperature control system configured for controlling the temperature of the plastic feedstock in the first degassing section; a first pumping section temperature control system configured for controlling the temperature of the plastic feedstock in the first pumping section; a second decompression section temperature control system configured for controlling the temperature of the plastic feedstock in the second decompression section; a second degassing section temperature control system configured for controlling thetemperature of the plastic feedstock in the second degassing section; and / or a second pumping section temperature control system configured for controlling the temperature of the plastic feedstock in the second pumping section.

76. The method of Claim 75, wherein the step of melting the plastic feedstock using the at least one extruder further comprises: using the feed section temperature control system, mixing section temperature control system, first decompression section temperature control system, first degassing section temperature control system, first pumping section temperature control system, second decompression section temperature control system, second degassing section temperature control system, and / or second pumping section temperature control system to sense the temperature of the plastic feedstock in the reactor vessel; and using a pyrolysis control system to: at least temporarily store at least one target temperature value for the plastic feedstock in the extruder’s feed section, mixing section, first decompression section, first degassing section, first pumping section, second decompression section, second degassing section, and / or second pumping section; monitor the temperature of the plastic feedstock in the at least one extruder vessel by communicating with the feed section temperature control system, mixing section temperature control system, first decompression section temperature control system, first degassing section temperature control system, first pumping section temperature control system, second decompression section temperature control system, second degassing section temperature control system, and / or second pumping section temperature control system, and in response to the temperature measured by the one or more temperature sensors, controlling the in the extruder’s feed section temperature control system, mixing section temperature control system, first decompression section temperature control system, first degassing section temperature control system, first pumping section temperature control system, second decompression section temperature control system, second degassing section temperature control system, and / or second pumping section temperature control system to maintain the temperature of the plastic feedstock within a defined tolerance relative to the target temperature value.

77. The method of any one of Claims 74-76, wherein the dual vent extruder screwincludes a first degassing section and a second degassing section; wherein the at least one extruder includes a first vent and a second vent; and wherein the step of melting the plastic feedstock using the at least one extruder comprises: compressing the plastic feedstock in the first degassing section and permitting vapor to separate from the plastic feedstock in the extruder and exit the extruder via the first vent; and compressing the plastic feedstock in the second degassing section and permitting additional vapor to separate from the plastic feedstock in the extruder and exit the extruder via the second vent; wherein the vapor and additional vapor exiting the extruder comprises air, steam, and / or low melting-point contaminants.

78. The method of any one of Claims 50-77, further comprising: using reactor energy at an average rate of 0.70 kW per pound of pyrolyzed product produced by the system per hour or less; and using extruder energy at an average rate of 0.40 kW per pound of pyrolyzed product produced by the system per hour or less.

79. The method of any one of Claims 50-78, further comprising the steps of: directing the wax product and / or the oil product into a catalytic cracking system, and using the catalytic cracking system to separate the wax product and / or the oil product into a vapor product, fuels oil, liquified petroleum gas (LPG), cracked naphtha, or a combination thereof; or directing the wax product and / or the oil product into a petroleum refining system, and using the petroleum refining system to separate the wax product and / or the oil product into a lighter product, naphtha, a heavier product, or a combination thereof; or directing the wax product and / or the oil product into a hydrocracking system; and using the hydrocracking system to separate the wax product and / or the oil product into a lighter product, naphtha, a heavier product, or a combination thereof.

80. The method of Claim 79, further comprising the steps of: directing the naphtha into a thermal cracking system; and using the thermal cracking system to separate the naphtha into fuels oil, olefins,naphtha, a heavier product, or a combination thereof.

81. The method of any one of Claims 50-78, further comprising the steps of: directing the wax product and / or the oil product into a thermal cracking system, and using the thermal cracking system to separate the wax product and / or the oil product into fuels oil, olefins, naphtha, a heavier product, or a combination thereof; or directing the gas product into a thermal cracking system, and using the thermal cracking system to separate the gas product into fuels oil, olefins, naphtha, a heavier product, or a combination thereof.

82. The method of Claim 81, further comprising the steps of: directing the olefins into a polymerization system; and using the polymerization to convert the olefins into polymer pellets.

83. The method of any one of Claims 79-82, further comprising the step of hydrotreating the wax product, the oil product, and / or the gas product.

84. The method of any one of Claims 50-83, wherein the at least one pyrolysis reactor is configured for receiving and pyrolyzing the plastic feedstock at an industrial scale 85. The method of any one of Claims 50-84, wherein the plastic feedstock comprises post-consumer and / or post-industrial plastics.